WO2019096316A1

WO2019096316A1 - Communication method, communication device and system

Info

Publication number: WO2019096316A1
Application number: PCT/CN2018/116271
Authority: WO
Inventors: 纪刘榴; 李元杰
Original assignee: 华为技术有限公司
Priority date: 2017-11-17
Filing date: 2018-11-19
Publication date: 2019-05-23

Abstract

The present application provides a communication method, a communication device and a system. The method comprises: receiving first indication information, the first indication information indicating at least two first parameters; the at least two first parameters are used for determining at least one of an uplink data channel power, an uplink control channel power or an uplink reference signal power during dynamic scheduling; determining a second parameter when a first time unit is not used for transmitting at least one of an uplink data channel, an uplink control channel or an uplink reference signal; and the second parameter is at least one of a nominal power, a path loss adjustment factor, path loss or a close loop power control adjustment value. The method is applicable to power control and/or power headroom reporting in a multiple-beam system.

Description

通信方法、通信装置和***Communication method, communication device and system

技术领域Technical field

本申请涉及无线通信领域，并且更具体地，涉及通信方法、通信装置和***。The present application relates to the field of wireless communications and, more particularly, to communication methods, communication devices and systems.

背景技术Background technique

在大规模多输入多输出(massive multiple-input multiple-output，Massive MIMO)能够通过利用更多的空间自由度进一步提高***容量，成为了新的无线接入技术(new radio access technology,NR)的关键技术之一。Massive multiple-input multiple-output (Massive MIMO) can further increase system capacity by utilizing more spatial degrees of freedom, becoming a new radio access technology (NR). One of the key technologies.

在NR中，基于波束的传输成为了一大重点。大规模天线阵列的配置，使得NR中可以形成较高分辨率的波束。In NR, beam-based transmission has become a major focus. The configuration of the large-scale antenna array enables a higher resolution beam to be formed in the NR.

如何在NR中进行功率控制或功率余量上报，是当前研究中亟待解决的一个问题。How to perform power control or power headroom reporting in NR is an urgent problem to be solved in current research.

发明内容Summary of the invention

本申请提供一种通信方法、通信装置和***，以期适用于多波束***中的功率控制或功率余量上报。The present application provides a communication method, communication device and system for the purpose of power control or power headroom reporting in a multi-beam system.

第一方面，提供了一种通信方法，包括：In a first aspect, a communication method is provided, comprising:

接收第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息指示至少两个第一参数；所述至少两个第一参数用于动态调度时确定上行数据信道功率，上行控制信道功率，或，上行参考信号功率中的至少一项；Receiving first indication information, where the first indication information indicates at least two first parameters; and the at least two first parameters are used to determine uplink data channel power, uplink control channel power, or uplink reference signal power when dynamically scheduling At least one of them;

确定第一时间单元未用于传输上行数据信道，上行控制信道，或上行参考信号中至少一项时的第二参数；所述第二参数为标称功率，路径损耗调整因子，路径损耗，或，闭环功率控制调整值中的至少一种。Determining, by the first time unit, a second parameter that is not used for transmitting at least one of an uplink data channel, an uplink control channel, or an uplink reference signal; the second parameter is a nominal power, a path loss adjustment factor, a path loss, or At least one of closed loop power control adjustment values.

本申请中，动态调度可以指调度信息通过下行控制信道(或下行控制信息)发送的调度方式。在动态调度中，调度信息可以由网络设备，如基站，动态地针对一次传输时机生成，因此其相关的调度信息可以通过下行控制信道(信息)通知给终端设备，比如用户设备(UE)。作为对比地，半静态调度中，至少部分调度信息是较长期保持不变的，也就是说部分调度信息可以是针对多次传输时机的，因此部分调度信息可较不频繁地，比如，通过高层信令，通知给UE。部分调度信息可以包括数据的资源分配、调制阶数、码率等信息中的至少一种。其中，下行控制信息承载于下行控制信道上。下行控制信息既可以用于上行调度(也称为上行授权)，也可以用于下行调度。In this application, dynamic scheduling may refer to a scheduling manner in which scheduling information is sent through a downlink control channel (or downlink control information). In the dynamic scheduling, the scheduling information may be dynamically generated by a network device, such as a base station, for a transmission opportunity. Therefore, the related scheduling information may be notified to a terminal device, such as a user equipment (UE), through a downlink control channel (information). In contrast, in semi-persistent scheduling, at least part of the scheduling information is unchanged for a relatively long period of time, that is, part of the scheduling information may be for multiple transmission occasions, so part of the scheduling information may be less frequently, for example, through a high layer. Signaling, notifying the UE. The partial scheduling information may include at least one of resource allocation of data, modulation order, code rate, and the like. The downlink control information is carried on the downlink control channel. The downlink control information can be used for both uplink scheduling (also referred to as uplink grant) and downlink scheduling.

本申请中各种第二参数包括标称功率，路径损耗调整因子，路径损耗，或，闭环功率控制调整值中的至少一种。The various second parameters in the present application include at least one of a nominal power, a path loss adjustment factor, a path loss, or a closed loop power control adjustment value.

可选的，该方法还可以包括：Optionally, the method may further include:

基于所述第二参数确定第一时间单元上上行数据信道功率，上行控制信道功率，上行参考信号功率，或，功率余量中的至少一项。Determining, according to the second parameter, at least one of uplink data channel power, uplink control channel power, uplink reference signal power, or power headroom on the first time unit.

可选的，所述第一参数为标称功率，路径损耗调整因子，路径损耗相关信息，或，闭环功率控制指示中的至少一种。Optionally, the first parameter is at least one of a nominal power, a path loss adjustment factor, path loss related information, or a closed loop power control indication.

可选的，所述路径损耗相关信息包括用于路径损耗测量的资源信息(如SSB或CSI-RS资源)，或，路径损耗相关的波束信息中的至少一项。Optionally, the path loss related information includes at least one of resource information (such as SSB or CSI-RS resources) used for path loss measurement, or path loss related beam information.

可选的，闭环功率控制指示用于指示闭环功率控制相关的信息，比如，指示闭环功率控制进程。该闭环功率控制相关的信息可以包括闭环功率控制调整值，闭环功率控制进程标识中的至少一项。Optionally, the closed loop power control indication is used to indicate closed loop power control related information, such as indicating a closed loop power control process. The closed loop power control related information may include at least one of a closed loop power control adjustment value and a closed loop power control process identifier.

可选的，所述第一指示信息为所述至少两个第一参数的影响因子的索引。Optionally, the first indication information is an index of an impact factor of the at least two first parameters.

可选的，所述第一指示信息承载在高层信令中。该高层信令包括RRC信令和/或MAC CE。Optionally, the first indication information is carried in the high layer signaling. The higher layer signaling includes RRC signaling and/or MAC CE.

接收所述至少两个第一参数，和/或，与所述至少两个第一参数分别对应的传输方式和/或传输配置信息。Receiving the at least two first parameters, and/or the transmission mode and/or transmission configuration information respectively corresponding to the at least two first parameters.

接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息指示参考第一参数，所述参考第一参数为所述至少两个第一参数中的一个；Receiving second indication information, where the second indication information indicates a reference first parameter, and the reference first parameter is one of the at least two first parameters;

基于所述第二指示信息确定所述第二参数。Determining the second parameter based on the second indication information.

可选的，所述第二指示信息承载在高层信令中。Optionally, the second indication information is carried in the high layer signaling.

可选的，所述第二指示信息为所述参考第一参数的影响因子的索引，或，所述参考第一参数对应的传输方式和/或传输配置信息，或，所述参考第一参数的值中的至少一项。Optionally, the second indication information is an index of the impact factor of the reference first parameter, or the transmission mode and/or transmission configuration information corresponding to the reference first parameter, or the reference first parameter At least one of the values.

确定第二时间单元上所使用的所述第一参数，所述第二时间单元与所述第一时间单元不同；Determining the first parameter used on the second time unit, the second time unit being different from the first time unit;

基于所述第一参数确定所述第二参数。The second parameter is determined based on the first parameter.

可选的，所述第二时间单元可以为所述第一时间单元之前最近的一次动态调度所对应的时间单元。Optionally, the second time unit may be a time unit corresponding to a most recent dynamic scheduling of the first time unit.

确定所述第二参数为默认值。The second parameter is determined to be a default value.

可选的，所述第一时间单元上传输上行数据信道，且，未传输上行控制信道，所述方法还包括：Optionally, the uplink data channel is transmitted on the first time unit, and the uplink control channel is not transmitted, the method further includes:

基于第一时间单元上传输的上行数据信道的功率确定所使用的第一参数确定所述第一时间单元上上行控制信道的功率及所述第一时间单元上的功率余量；或者，Determining, according to a power of the uplink data channel transmitted on the first time unit, a first parameter used to determine a power of the uplink control channel on the first time unit and a power headroom on the first time unit; or

所述第一时间单元上传输上行控制信道，且，未传输上行数据信道，所述方法还包括：The uplink control channel is transmitted on the first time unit, and the uplink data channel is not transmitted. The method further includes:

基于第一时间单元上传输的上行控制信道的功率确定所使用的第一参数确定所述第一时间单元上上行数据信道的功率及所述第一时间单元上的功率余量。Determining, based on the power of the uplink control channel transmitted on the first time unit, the first parameter used determines the power of the uplink data channel on the first time unit and the power headroom on the first time unit.

可选的，所述第二参数为第一种第二参数，为标称功率，路径损耗调整因子，路径损耗，或，闭环功率控制调整值中的一种；所述方法还包括：Optionally, the second parameter is a first type of second parameter, and is one of a nominal power, a path loss adjustment factor, a path loss, or a closed loop power control adjustment value. The method further includes:

确定第一时间单元未用于传输上行数据信道，上行控制信道，或上行参考信号中至少一项时的另一种第二参数；所述另一种第二参数为标称功率，路径损耗调整因子，路径损耗，或，闭环功率控制调整值中的一种，且不同于所述第一种第二参数；Determining another second parameter when the first time unit is not used for transmitting at least one of an uplink data channel, an uplink control channel, or an uplink reference signal; the other second parameter is a nominal power, path loss adjustment a factor, a path loss, or a closed loop power control adjustment value, and different from the first type of second parameter;

其中，所述第一种第二参数所对应的传输方式和/或传输配置信息与所述第二种第二参数所对应的传输方式和/或传输配置信息相同。比如，对应的波束信息相同。The transmission mode and/or transmission configuration information corresponding to the first type of second parameter is the same as the transmission mode and/or transmission configuration information corresponding to the second type of second parameter. For example, the corresponding beam information is the same.

可选的，所述传输方式和/或传输配置信息包括波束信息，子载波间隔，传输业务信息，或，波形中的至少一项。Optionally, the transmission mode and/or transmission configuration information includes at least one of beam information, subcarrier spacing, transmission service information, or a waveform.

基于所述第一指示信息确定第二参数。Determining a second parameter based on the first indication information.

向网络设备发送所述第二参数的指示信息。The indication information of the second parameter is sent to the network device.

第二方面，提供一种通信方法，包括：In a second aspect, a communication method is provided, including:

发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息指示至少两个第一参数；所述至少两个第一参数用于动态调度时上行数据信道功率，上行控制信道功率，或，上行参考信号功率中的至少一项的确定；Sending first indication information, where the first indication information indicates at least two first parameters; the at least two first parameters are used for uplink data channel power, uplink control channel power, or uplink reference signal power in dynamic scheduling Determination of at least one item;

接收功率余量报告，所述功率余量报告为虚拟功率余量报告，所述虚拟功率余量报告与所述至少两个第一参数中的一个相关；所述第一参数为标称功率，路径损耗调整因子，路径损耗相关信息，或，闭环功率控制指示中的至少一种。Receiving a power headroom report, the power headroom report is a virtual power headroom report, the virtual power headroom report is related to one of the at least two first parameters; the first parameter is a nominal power, At least one of a path loss adjustment factor, path loss related information, or a closed loop power control indication.

发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息指示参考第一参数，所述参考第一参数为所述至少两个第一参数中的一个。And transmitting, by the second indication information, a first parameter, where the reference first parameter is one of the at least two first parameters.

发送所述至少两个第一参数，和/或，与所述至少两个第一参数分别对应的传输方式和/或传输配置信息。Transmitting the at least two first parameters, and/or the transmission mode and/or the transmission configuration information respectively corresponding to the at least two first parameters.

第三方面，提供了一种装置。本申请提供的装置具有实现上述方法方面中网络设备或终端设备行为的功能，其包括用于执行上述方法方面所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)。所述步骤或功能可以通过软件实现，或硬件实现，或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。In a third aspect, an apparatus is provided. The apparatus provided by the present application has a function of realizing the behavior of a network device or a terminal device in the above method aspect, and includes means for performing the steps or functions described in the above method aspects. The steps or functions may be implemented by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.

在一种可能的设计中，上述装置包括一个或多个处理器和通信单元。所述一个或多个处理器被配置为支持所述装置执行上述方法中网络设备相应的功能。例如，生成第一指示信息。所述通信单元用于支持所述装置与其他设备通信，实现接收和/或发送功能。例如，发送第一指示信息。In one possible design, the above apparatus includes one or more processors and communication units. The one or more processors are configured to support the apparatus to perform the corresponding functions of the network device in the above method. For example, the first indication information is generated. The communication unit is configured to support the device to communicate with other devices to implement receiving and/or transmitting functions. For example, the first indication information is sent.

可选的，所述装置还可以包括一个或多个存储器，所述存储器用于与处理器耦合，其保存网络设备必要的程序指令和/或数据。所述一个或多个存储器可以和处理器集成在一起，也可以与处理器分离设置。本申请并不限定。Optionally, the apparatus may further comprise one or more memories for coupling with the processor, which store program instructions and/or data necessary for the network device. The one or more memories may be integrated with the processor or may be separate from the processor. This application is not limited.

所述装置可以为基站，gNB或TRP等，所述通信单元可以是收发器，或收发电路。可选的，所述收发器也可以为输入/输出电路或者接口。The device may be a base station, a gNB or a TRP, etc., and the communication unit may be a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit. Optionally, the transceiver may also be an input/output circuit or an interface.

所述装置还可以为通信芯片。所述通信单元可以为通信芯片的输入/输出电路或者接口。The device can also be a communication chip. The communication unit may be an input/output circuit or interface of a communication chip.

另一个可能的设计中，上述装置，包括收发器、处理器和存储器。该处理器用于控制收发器收发信号，该存储器用于存储计算机程序，该处理器用于运行存储器中的计算机程序，使得该装置执行第二方面或第二方面中任一种可能实现方式中网络设备完成的方法。In another possible design, the above apparatus includes a transceiver, a processor, and a memory. The processor is for controlling a transceiver transceiver signal for storing a computer program for executing a computer program in a memory, such that the apparatus performs the network device in any of the possible implementations of the second aspect or the second aspect The method of completion.

在一种可能的设计中，上述装置包括一个或多个处理器和通信单元。所述一个或多个处理器被配置为支持所述装置执行上述方法中终端设备相应的功能。例如，确定第二参数。所述通信单元用于支持所述装置与其他设备通信，实现接收和/或发送功能。例如，接收第一指示信息。In one possible design, the above apparatus includes one or more processors and communication units. The one or more processors are configured to support the apparatus to perform the corresponding functions of the terminal device in the above method. For example, the second parameter is determined. The communication unit is configured to support the device to communicate with other devices to implement receiving and/or transmitting functions. For example, the first indication information is received.

可选的，所述装置还可以包括一个或多个存储器，所述存储器用于与处理器耦合，其保存装置必要的程序指令和/或数据。所述一个或多个存储器可以和处理器集成在一起，也可以与处理器分离设置。本申请并不限定。Optionally, the apparatus may further comprise one or more memories for coupling with the processor, which store program instructions and/or data necessary for the device. The one or more memories may be integrated with the processor or may be separate from the processor. This application is not limited.

所述装置可以为智能终端或者可穿戴设备等，所述通信单元可以是收发器，或收发电路。可选的，所述收发器也可以为输入/输出电路或者接口。The device may be a smart terminal or a wearable device or the like, and the communication unit may be a transceiver or a transceiver circuit. Optionally, the transceiver may also be an input/output circuit or an interface.

另一个可能的设计中，上述装置，包括收发器、处理器和存储器。该处理器用于控制收发器收发信号，该存储器用于存储计算机程序，该处理器用于运行该存储器中的计算机程序，使得该装置执行第一方面或第一方面中任一种可能实现方式中终端设备完成的方法。In another possible design, the above apparatus includes a transceiver, a processor, and a memory. The processor is for controlling a transceiver transceiver signal for storing a computer program for executing a computer program in the memory, such that the apparatus performs the terminal in any of the possible implementations of the first aspect or the first aspect The method by which the device is completed.

第四方面，提供了一种***，该***包括上述终端设备和网络设备。In a fourth aspect, a system is provided, the system comprising the above terminal device and a network device.

第五方面，提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序包括用于执行第一方面或第一方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法的指令。A fifth aspect, a computer readable storage medium for storing a computer program, the computer program comprising instructions for performing the method of the first aspect or any of the possible implementations of the first aspect.

第六方面，提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序包括用于执行第二方面或第二方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法的指令。In a sixth aspect, a computer readable storage medium is provided for storing a computer program, the computer program comprising instructions for performing the method of any of the possible implementations of the second aspect or the second aspect.

第七方面，提供了一种计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品包括：计算机程序代码，当所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第一方面或第一方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a seventh aspect, a computer program product is provided, the computer program product comprising: computer program code, when the computer program code is run on a computer, causing the computer to perform any of the first aspect or the first aspect described above Possible methods in the implementation.

第八方面，提供了一种计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品包括：计算机程序代码，当所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第二方面及第二方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In an eighth aspect, a computer program product is provided, the computer program product comprising: computer program code, when the computer program code is run on a computer, causing the computer to perform any of the second aspect and the second aspect Possible methods in the implementation.

通过本申请实施例提供的方法，可以提供一种适用于多波束场景下功率和/或功率余量确定方法，适用于多波束场景下的功率控制或功率余量上报，比如，适用于NR***的功率控制或功率余量上报。The method for determining power and/or power margin in a multi-beam scenario is applicable to the power control or power headroom reporting in a multi-beam scenario, for example, for the NR system. Power control or power headroom reporting.

附图说明DRAWINGS

图1示出了适用于本申请实施例的通信方法的通信***的示意图；1 is a schematic diagram showing a communication system suitable for the communication method of the embodiment of the present application;

图2是本申请实施例提供的通信方法的示意性流程图；2 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图3是本申请实施例提供的通信方法的示意性流程图；3 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图4是本申请实施例提供的终端设备的示意图；4 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application;

图5是本申请实施例提供的网络设备的结构示意图；FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application;

图6是本申请实施例提供的通信装置的结构示意图。FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.

具体实施方式Detailed ways

下面将结合附图，对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.

本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信***，例如：长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)***，全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access，WiMAX)通信***，未来的第五代(5th Generation，5G)***，如新一代无线接入技术(new radio access technology，NR)，及未来的通信***，如6G***等。The technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as a long term evolution (LTE) system, a worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, and a fifth generation in the future. (5th Generation, 5G) systems, such as new radio access technology (NR), and future communication systems, such as 6G systems.

本申请将围绕可包括多个设备、组件、模块等的***来呈现各个方面、实施例或特征。应当理解和明白的是，各个***可以包括另外的设备、组件、模块等，并且/或者可以并不包括结合附图讨论的所有设备、组件、模块等。此外，还可以使用这些方案的组合。The application will present various aspects, embodiments, or features in a system that can include multiple devices, components, modules, and the like. It is to be understood and appreciated that the various systems may include additional devices, components, modules, etc. and/or may not include all of the devices, components, modules, etc. discussed in connection with the figures. In addition, a combination of these schemes can also be used.

另外，在本申请实施例中，“示例的”一词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请中被描述为“示例”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言，使用示例的一词旨在以具体方式呈现概念。In addition, in the embodiments of the present application, the word "exemplary" is used to mean an example, an illustration, or a description. Any embodiment or design described as "example" in this application should not be construed as preferred or advantageous over other embodiments or designs. Rather, the term use examples is intended to present concepts in a concrete manner.

本申请实施例中，信息(information)，信号(signal)，消息(message)，信道(channel)有时可以混用，应当指出的是，在不强调其区别时，其所要表达的含义是一致的。“的(of)”，“相应的(corresponding，relevant)”和“对应的(corresponding)”有时可以混用，应当指出的是，在不强调其区别时，其所要表达的含义是一致的。In the embodiment of the present application, information, signal, message, and channel may sometimes be mixed. It should be noted that the meaning to be expressed is consistent when the difference is not emphasized. "of", "corresponding (relevant)" and "corresponding" can sometimes be mixed. It should be noted that the meaning to be expressed is consistent when the distinction is not emphasized.

本申请实施例中，有时候下标如W1可能会笔误为非下标的形式如W1，在不强调其区别时，其所要表达的含义是一致的。In the embodiment of the present application, sometimes the subscript such as W1 may be a non-subscript form such as W1, and the meaning to be expressed is consistent when the difference is not emphasized.

本申请实施例描述的网络架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案，并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定，本领域普通技术人员可知，随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现，本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题，同样适用。The network architecture and the service scenario described in the embodiments of the present application are for the purpose of more clearly illustrating the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and do not constitute a limitation of the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application. The technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application are equally applicable to similar technical problems.

本申请实施例既可以应用于时分双工(time division duplex，TDD)的场景，也可以适用于频分双工(frequency division duplex，FDD)的场景。The embodiment of the present application can be applied to a time division duplex (TDD) scenario or a frequency division duplex (FDD) scenario.

本申请实施例既可以应用在传统的典型网络中，也可以应用在未来的以UE为中心(UE-centric)的网络中。UE-centric网络引入无小区(Non-cell)的网络架构，即在某个特定的区域内部署大量小站，构成一个超级小区(Hyper cell)，每个小站为Hyper cell的一个传输点(Transmission Point,TP)或TRP，并与一个集中控制器(controller)相连。当UE在Hyper cell内移动时，网络侧设备时时为UE选择新的sub-cluster(子簇)为其服务，从而避免真正的小区切换，实现UE业务的连续性。其中，网络侧设备包括无线网络设备。The embodiments of the present application can be applied to a traditional typical network or to a UE-centric network in the future. The UE-centric network introduces a non-cell network architecture, that is, deploys a large number of small stations in a specific area to form a hyper cell, and each station is a transmission point of the Hyper cell ( Transmission Point, TP) or TRP, and connected to a centralized controller. When the UE moves within the Hyper cell, the network side device selects a new sub-cluster (sub-cluster) for the UE to serve, thereby avoiding true cell handover and achieving continuity of the UE service. The network side device includes a wireless network device.

本申请实施例中不同基站可以为具有不同的标识的基站，也可以为具有相同的标识的被部署在不同地理位置的基站。由于在基站被部署前，基站并不会知道其是否会涉及本申请实施例所应用的场景，因而，基站，或基带芯片，都应在部署前就支持本申请实施例所提供的方法。可以理解的是，前述具有不同标识的基站可以为基站标识，也可以为小区标识或者而其他标识。In the embodiment of the present application, different base stations may be base stations with different identifiers, or may be base stations deployed in different geographical locations with the same identifier. The base station, or the baseband chip, should support the method provided by the embodiment of the present application before deployment, because the base station does not know whether it will involve the scenario applied by the embodiment of the present application before the base station is deployed. It can be understood that the foregoing base station with different identifiers may be a base station identifier, or may be a cell identifier or other identifier.

本申请实施例中部分场景以无线通信网络中NR网络的场景为例进行说明，应当指出的是，本申请实施例中的方案还可以应用于其他无线通信网络中，相应的名称也可以用其他无线通信网络中的对应功能的名称进行替代。The scenario in the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the scenario of the NR network in the wireless communication network as an example. It should be noted that the solution in the embodiment of the present application may also be applied to other wireless communication networks, and the corresponding names may also be used in other scenarios. The name of the corresponding function in the wireless communication network is replaced.

本申请实施例中，波束beam可以理解为空间资源，可以指具有能量传输指向性的发送或接收预编码向量。并且，该发送或接收预编码向量能够通过索引信息进行标识。其中，所述能量传输指向性可以指在一定空间位置内，接收经过该预编码向量进行预编码处理后的信号具有较好的接收功率，如满足接收解调信噪比等；所述能量传输指向性也可以指通过该预编码向量接收来自不同空间位置发送的相同信号具有不同的接收功率。In the embodiment of the present application, the beam beam can be understood as a spatial resource, and can refer to a transmission or reception precoding vector with energy transmission directivity. And, the transmitting or receiving precoding vector can be identified by index information. The energy transmission directivity may refer to a signal having a better received power after receiving the precoding process through the precoding vector in a certain spatial position, such as satisfying a reception demodulation signal to noise ratio, etc.; Directivity may also mean that the same signals transmitted from different spatial locations are received by the precoding vector with different received power.

可选地，同一通信设备(比如终端设备或网络设备)可以有不同的预编码向量，不同的设备也可以有不同的预编码向量，即对应不同的波束。Optionally, the same communication device (such as a terminal device or a network device) may have different precoding vectors, and different devices may also have different precoding vectors, that is, corresponding to different beams.

针对通信设备的配置或者能力，一个通信设备在同一时刻可以使用多个不同的预编码向量中的一个或者多个，即同时可以形成一个或多个波束。波束的信息可以通过索引信息进行标识。可选地，所述索引信息可以对应配置终端设备(如用户设备UE)的资源标识(identity，ID)，比如，所述索引信息可以对应配置的信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information reference signal，CSI-RS)的ID或者资源，也可以对应配置的上行探测参考信号(sounding reference signal，SRS)的ID或者资源。或者，可选地，所述索引信息也可以是通过波束承载的信号或信道显示或隐式承载的索引信息，比如，所述索引信息可以是通过波束发送的同步信号或者广播信道指示该波束的索引信息。For a configuration or capability of a communication device, one communication device can use one or more of a plurality of different precoding vectors at the same time, ie, one or more beams can be formed at the same time. The information of the beam can be identified by the index information. Optionally, the index information may correspond to a resource identifier (identity, ID) of the terminal device (such as the user equipment UE). For example, the index information may correspond to a configured channel state information reference signal. The ID or resource of the CSI-RS may also correspond to the ID or resource of the configured uplink sounding reference signal (SRS). Alternatively, the index information may also be index information of a signal or channel display or implicit bearer carried by the beam, for example, the index information may be a synchronization signal sent by a beam or a broadcast channel indicating the beam. Index information.

为便于理解本申请实施例，首先以图1中示出的通信***为例详细说明适用于本申请实施例的通信***。图1示出了适用于本申请实施例的通信方法的通信***的示意图。如图1所示，该通信***100包括网络设备102和终端设备106，网络设备102可配置有多个天线，终端设备也可配置有多个天线。可选地，该通信***还可包括网络设备104，网络设备104也可配置有多个天线。For ease of understanding the embodiments of the present application, the communication system applicable to the embodiment of the present application is first described in detail by taking the communication system shown in FIG. 1 as an example. FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a communication system suitable for the communication method of the embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1, the communication system 100 includes a network device 102 and a terminal device 106. The network device 102 can be configured with multiple antennas, and the terminal device can also be configured with multiple antennas. Optionally, the communication system may also include a network device 104, which may also be configured with multiple antennas.

应理解，网络设备102或网络设备104还可包括与信号发送和接收相关的多个部件(例如，处理器、调制器、复用器、解调器或解复用器等)。It should be understood that network device 102 or network device 104 may also include multiple components (eg, processors, modulators, multiplexers, demodulators or demultiplexers, etc.) associated with signal transmission and reception.

其中，网络设备为具有无线收发功能的设备或可设置于该设备的芯片，该设备包括但不限于：演进型节点B(evolved Node B，eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller，RNC)、节点B(Node B，NB)、基站控制器(base station controller，BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station，BTS)、家庭基站(例如，home evolved NodeB，或home Node B，HNB)、基带单元(baseband unit，BBU)，无线保真(wireless fidelity，WIFI)***中的接入点(access point，AP)、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(transmission and reception point，TRP或者transmission point，TP)等，还可以为5G，如，NR，***中的gNB，或，传输点(TRP或TP)，5G***中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板，或者，还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点，如基带单元(BBU)，或，分布式单元(DU，distributed unit)等。The network device is a device with a wireless transceiver function or a chip that can be disposed on the device, and the device includes, but is not limited to, an evolved Node B (eNB) and a radio network controller (RNC). Node B (NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband Baseband unit (BBU), access point (AP) in wireless fidelity (WIFI) system, wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (TRP) Transmission point, TP), etc., can also be 5G, such as NR, gNB in the system, or transmission point (TRP or TP), one or a group of base stations (including multiple antenna panels) in the 5G system Or, it may be a network node constituting a gNB or a transmission point, such as a baseband unit (BBU), or a distributed unit (DU), or the like.

在一些部署中，gNB可以包括集中式单元(centralized unit，CU)和DU。gNB还可以包括射频单元(radio unit，RU)。CU实现gNB的部分功能，DU实现gNB的部分功能，比如，CU实现无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)，分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol，PDCP)层的功能，DU实现无线链路控制(radio link control，RLC)、媒体接入控制(media access control，MAC)和物理(physical，PHY)层的功能。由于RRC层的信息最终会变成PHY层的信息，或者，由PHY层的信息转变而来，因而，在这种架构下，高层信令，如RRC层信令或PHCP层信令，也可以认为是由DU发送的，或者，由DU+RU发送的。可以理解的是，网络设备可以为CU节点、或DU节点、或包括CU节点和DU节点的设备。此外，CU可以划分为接入网RAN中的网络设备，也可以将CU划分为核心网CN中的网络设备，在此不做限制。In some deployments, the gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a DU. The gNB may also include a radio unit (RU). The CU implements some functions of the gNB, and the DU implements some functions of the gNB. For example, the CU implements radio resource control (RRC), the function of the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer, and the DU implements the wireless chain. The functions of the radio link control (RLC), the media access control (MAC), and the physical (PHY) layer. Since the information of the RRC layer eventually becomes information of the PHY layer or is transformed by the information of the PHY layer, high-level signaling, such as RRC layer signaling or PHCP layer signaling, can also be used in this architecture. It is considered to be sent by the DU or sent by the DU+RU. It can be understood that the network device can be a CU node, or a DU node, or a device including a CU node and a DU node. In addition, the CU may be divided into network devices in the access network RAN, and the CU may be divided into network devices in the core network CN, which is not limited herein.

终端设备也可以称为用户设备(user equipment，UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。本申请的实施例中的终端设备可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等等。本申请的实施例对应用场景不做限定。本申请中将前述终端设备及可设置于前述终端设备的芯片统称为终端设备。A terminal device may also be called a user equipment (UE), an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, a terminal, a wireless communication device, and a user. Agent or user device. The terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a mobile phone, a tablet, a computer with wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, and an augmented reality (AR) terminal. Equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, transportation security ( A wireless terminal in a transportation safety, a wireless terminal in a smart city, a wireless terminal in a smart home, and the like. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the application scenario. In the present application, the foregoing terminal device and a chip that can be disposed in the terminal device are collectively referred to as a terminal device.

在该通信***100中，网络设备102和网络设备104均可以与多个终端设备(例如图中示出的终端设备106)通信。网络设备102和网络设备104可以与类似于终端设备106的任意数目的终端设备通信。但应理解，与网络设备102通信的终端设备和与网络设备104通信的终端设备可以是相同的，也可以是不同的。图1中示出的终端设备106可同时与网络设备102和网络设备104通信，但这仅示出了一种可能的场景，在某些场景中，终端设备可能仅与网络设备102或网络设备104通信，本申请对此不做限定。In the communication system 100, both the network device 102 and the network device 104 can communicate with a plurality of terminal devices, such as the terminal device 106 shown in the figures. Network device 102 and network device 104 can communicate with any number of terminal devices similar to terminal device 106. It should be understood, however, that the terminal device in communication with the network device 102 and the terminal device in communication with the network device 104 may be the same or different. The terminal device 106 shown in FIG. 1 can simultaneously communicate with the network device 102 and the network device 104, but this only shows one possible scenario, in some scenarios, the terminal device may only be associated with the network device 102 or the network device 104 communication, this application does not limit this.

应理解，图1仅为便于理解而示例的简化示意图，该通信***中还可以包括其他网络设备或者还可以包括其他终端设备，图1中未予以画出。It should be understood that FIG. 1 is merely a simplified schematic diagram for ease of understanding. The communication system may also include other network devices or may also include other terminal devices, which are not shown in FIG.

为了提高***性能，链路自适应、功率控制等常常是通信***中重要的管理功能。在通信网络中，至少一个节点向其他节点发送信号，而功率控制的目的，是使得网络中，由至少一个节点发送的信号，到达其他节点的时候，功率能够满足***的需求。In order to improve system performance, link adaptation, power control, etc. are often important management functions in communication systems. In the communication network, at least one node sends a signal to other nodes, and the purpose of power control is to make the signal sent by at least one node in the network reach the other nodes, and the power can meet the requirements of the system.

这里的节点，可以是指基站、用户设备等等。如，功率控制可以是，使得一个用户发送的信号功率，在到达另一个用户的时候，满足一定的功率要求。或者如，功率控制可以是，使得用户发送的信号功率，在到达基站的时候，满足基站的功率要求。或者如，可以通过功率控制，使得基站发送的信号，到达用户设备的时候，满足用户设备的功率需求。The node here may refer to a base station, a user equipment, and the like. For example, the power control can be such that the signal power transmitted by one user meets certain power requirements when it arrives at another user. Or, for example, the power control may be such that the signal power transmitted by the user satisfies the power requirement of the base station when it arrives at the base station. Or, for example, the power control may be used to ensure that the signal sent by the base station reaches the power requirement of the user equipment when reaching the user equipment.

功率控制中的功率需求，可以是指到达一个节点的功率需求，如，若信号对该节点是有用信号，则该节点对接收信号的功率有需要满足解调门限的需求，该需求为接收信号的功率应不能太低，否则导致无法正确接收、解调。或者，如，若该信号对该节点是非有用信号，如为干扰信号，则该节点对该接收信号的功率有需要满足干扰门限值的需求，该需求为该接收信号的功率应不能太高，否则导致该信号对该节点的有用信号造成较强的干扰。The power demand in the power control may refer to the power requirement of reaching a node. For example, if the signal is a useful signal to the node, the node needs to meet the demodulation threshold for the power of the received signal, and the demand is the received signal. The power should not be too low, otherwise it will not be correctly received and demodulated. Or, for example, if the signal is a non-useful signal to the node, such as an interference signal, the node needs to meet the interference threshold value for the power of the received signal, and the demand is that the power of the received signal should not be too high. Otherwise, the signal causes strong interference to the useful signal of the node.

功率控制可以发生在一个节点与另一个节点之间，如D2D场景为了一个用户设备到另一个用户设备的功率满足一定的SINR；也可以发生在多个节点与一个节点之间，如LTE中的上行，功率控制是为了让网络中的至少一个用户设备，到达基站的功率，满足基站的信号干扰噪声比SINR需求；也可以发生在多个节点到多个节点之间，如在TDD网络制式中，***中可能同时存在上行和下行调度(如5G网络中的动态TDD技术)，此时功率控制可以用来关系网络中的多个用户设备、多个基站的多对多的功率要求。Power control can occur between one node and another node. For example, the power of a D2D scenario for a user equipment to another user equipment satisfies a certain SINR; it can also occur between multiple nodes and one node, such as in LTE. In the uplink, the power control is to enable the power of the at least one user equipment in the network to reach the base station to meet the signal to interference and noise ratio SINR requirement of the base station; or may occur between multiple nodes to multiple nodes, as in the TDD network standard. The system may have both uplink and downlink scheduling (such as dynamic TDD technology in a 5G network). At this time, power control can be used to determine the many-to-many power requirements of multiple user equipments and multiple base stations in the network.

功率控制的设计，是控制网络中节点的信号发送功率，使得该信号的接收功率，满足接收要求。这里，接收要求可以是上文所述的功率要求、SINR要求等，或者是信噪比SNR要求。SNR、SINR、IoT(interference over thermal，干扰比热)、RSRP(reference signal received power，参考信号接收功率)、信号的接收功率等，都可以看成是功率控制环节中的目标参数，这些参数不完全等价，但是是互相联系的。如，SINR和RSRP不完全相等，但在干扰水平相同的情况下，RSRP越高，意味着信号的SINR越好。本文中的功率控制，并不限定实际中算法的目标控制参数。但一般地，基站可以通过比较统计上的信号SINR是否收敛到目标SINR，来确定功率控制的参数。The design of the power control is to control the signal transmission power of the nodes in the network, so that the received power of the signal satisfies the reception requirements. Here, the reception requirement may be the power requirement, SINR requirement, etc. described above, or a signal to noise ratio SNR requirement. SNR, SINR, IoT (interference over thermal), RSRP (reference signal received power), and received power of the signal can all be regarded as target parameters in the power control link. These parameters are not They are completely equivalent, but they are related to each other. For example, SINR and RSRP are not completely equal, but in the case of the same interference level, the higher the RSRP, the better the SINR of the signal. The power control in this paper does not limit the target control parameters of the algorithm in practice. But in general, the base station can determine the parameters of the power control by comparing whether the statistical signal SINR converges to the target SINR.

功率余量(PH，power headroom)报告PHR，也是功率控制环节中的一环。功率控制余量是指节点能够达到最大发射功率和节点发送一个信号的功率之间的功率差。这里的功率差是指广义上的功率之间的差距的含义，并不是指一定要是两个功率相减得到。实际中，该功率差可以由所述的最大功率的线性值减去信号发送功率的线性值得到，或者是由所述的最大功率的分贝(dB)值减去信号发送功率的分贝(dB)值得到，这样的话则等效于所述的最大功率的线性值除以信号发送功率的线性值的结果再转换为dB值，这种情况也称为功率差。因此相应地，在本申请中出现的公式的描述，是为了说明功率差这一物理含义，公式本身也可以在dB值的减法、线性值的除法、线性值的减法等之间变换。The power headroom (PH, power headroom) reports PHR, which is also a part of the power control link. The power control margin is the power difference between the node's ability to reach the maximum transmit power and the power at which the node sends a signal. The power difference here refers to the meaning of the difference between the powers in the broad sense, and does not mean that the two powers are subtracted. In practice, the power difference can be obtained by subtracting the linear value of the signal transmission power from the linear value of the maximum power, or decibel (dB) of the signal transmission power by the decibel (dB) value of the maximum power. The value is obtained, in which case it is equivalent to the linear value of the maximum power divided by the linear value of the signal transmission power and then converted to the dB value, which is also called the power difference. Accordingly, the description of the formula appearing in the present application is for explaining the physical meaning of the power difference, and the formula itself can also be transformed between the subtraction of the dB value, the division of the linear value, the subtraction of the linear value, and the like.

PH值可以是正数、0、负数，它的取值可以进行量化，如根据一定的量化区间，将PH值量化到不同的量化等级上。The PH value can be positive, 0, and negative, and its value can be quantized. For example, the PH value is quantized to different quantization levels according to a certain quantization interval.

功率余量报告是由上述的发送信号的节点，发送给其他节点的。以LTE网络为例，用户设备计算、生成和发送PHR，由基站接收、计算和应用该PH值。在LTE中，用户设备在满足了触发条件下，将触发PHR，满足上报条件时，UE获取PH值，并将PH值传递到PHR对应信元中，然后将该PHR通过承载的信道发送出去。LTE中PHR信元为一种MAC信元，承载的信道为PUSCH。The power headroom report is sent to other nodes by the above-mentioned node that sends the signal. Taking the LTE network as an example, the user equipment calculates, generates, and transmits a PHR, and the PH value is received, calculated, and applied by the base station. In LTE, the user equipment triggers the PHR when the trigger condition is met. When the reporting condition is met, the UE obtains the PH value, and transmits the PH value to the PHR corresponding cell, and then sends the PHR through the carried channel. The PHR cell in LTE is a type of MAC cell, and the channel carried is PUSCH.

基站在收到PHR后，将可以得到PHR中的PH信息等。基站可以利用PH信息，来进行功率管理的流程。如，当基站收到用户设备的PH较小时(PH为负数也可称为是PH较小)，意味着用户设备能够支持的最大发射功率，已经很难、或者不能支撑发送当前的信号了。这时，基站可通过算法，调整给用户设备分配的资源，如减小用户设备发送信号的带宽，或者，基站可以调整用户设备的发送功率，如降低用户设备的发送信号功率(具体的手段在实施例中)，使得用户设备能够发送信号，防止因为发送功率需求过大而最大功率不够所导致的实际发送功率密度低于基站所需求的功率密度，造成信号的质量变差。这里是一个在功率控制中应用PH的例子，实际***中，可基于PH的物理含义，设计各类优化算法，来优化***的性能。After receiving the PHR, the base station will be able to obtain PH information and the like in the PHR. The base station can use the PH information to perform the power management process. For example, when the base station receives the PH of the user equipment is small (the PH is negative, it can also be said to be PH is small), which means that the maximum transmit power that the user equipment can support is already difficult or unable to support the transmission of the current signal. At this time, the base station may adjust the resources allocated to the user equipment by using an algorithm, such as reducing the bandwidth of the signal sent by the user equipment, or the base station may adjust the transmission power of the user equipment, such as reducing the power of the signal transmitted by the user equipment (the specific means is In an embodiment, the user equipment is enabled to transmit a signal to prevent the actual transmission power density caused by the excessive power requirement due to excessive transmission power demand being lower than the power density required by the base station, resulting in deterioration of the signal quality. Here is an example of applying PH in power control. In actual systems, various optimization algorithms can be designed based on the physical meaning of PH to optimize system performance.

上述PHR的物理流程不限于LTE网络。该流程也可以扩展、缩减、嵌入到其他网络中，如5G网络。The physical flow of the above PHR is not limited to the LTE network. The process can also be extended, scaled, and embedded into other networks, such as 5G networks.

为了简化后面的陈述，这里讲功率控制称为PC，将功率余量报告流程等称为PHR。在广义上，PC和PHR都是功率控制中的部分流程。PC主要是用于直接控制终端设备的发送功率，PHR是来间接控制终端设备的发送功率、资源等。In order to simplify the following statements, power control is referred to herein as a PC, and a power headroom reporting process is referred to as a PHR. In a broad sense, both PC and PHR are part of the flow in power control. The PC is mainly used to directly control the transmission power of the terminal device, and the PHR is to indirectly control the transmission power, resources, and the like of the terminal device.

功率控制和功率余量报告中的相关公式针对各种上行信号、信道设计。在LTE中，包括PUSCH、PUCCH和SRS，在5G中，可以对应地针对上行数据信道、控制信道、用于解调的参考信号、用于信道参测的参考信号、随机接入的信道等等。相关公式所计算的资源粒度，是一个资源集合，资源集合内包含了一个以上的最小资源粒度。资源集合在时域的角度上可以是***帧、无线帧、帧、子帧、时隙、半时隙、迷你时隙、符号、符号集合等。在频域的角度上可以是载波、***带宽、部分带宽、带宽部分、子带、资源块、子载波、服务小区等。一般地，公式针对的粒度可以是一个信道、信号的调度粒度。The relevant formulas in the power control and power headroom reports are for various upstream signal and channel designs. In LTE, including PUSCH, PUCCH and SRS, in 5G, correspondingly for uplink data channel, control channel, reference signal for demodulation, reference signal for channel reference, random access channel, etc. . The resource granularity calculated by the relevant formula is a resource set, and the resource set contains more than one minimum resource granularity. The resource set may be a system frame, a radio frame, a frame, a subframe, a time slot, a half slot, a mini slot, a symbol, a symbol set, and the like in the perspective of the time domain. In the frequency domain, it may be a carrier, a system bandwidth, a partial bandwidth, a bandwidth part, a sub-band, a resource block, a sub-carrier, a serving cell, and the like. In general, the granularity for the formula can be a channel, the scheduling granularity of the signal.

在现代通信***中，多天线技术被广泛应用，如在LTE、5G NR、WIFI等网络中。一个节点通过多天线发送或者接收信号，后文简称MIMO。在MIMO***中，节点通过调整MIMO发送、接收方案，如调整发送天线的权值，分配不同的信号到不同的天线上等，可以获取分集、复用等增益，提高***容量、增加***可靠性。随着MIMO技术的发展，大规模MIMO(massive MIMO,MMIMO)的应用，能够进一步提高***性能。在高频的频段，信号的波长较短，如只有毫米级，对应的天线尺寸也会缩减，这，网络中的节点就有了配置大规模的天线阵列的能力。在M-MIMO中，节点可配置几十个、上百个甚至更多的天线阵子。这些天线阵子，按照一定的排布，如线性排布、圆形排布等，可形成天线阵列。节点通过天线阵列发送或者接收信号时，可以通过调整天线阵子上的权值，获得天线增益，使得发送或者接收的信号，在空间中呈现出不均匀的能量分布。通过一些算法，可以使得信号在空间中的部分方向上具有能量集中的效果。这种效果可以成为称为是波束成形。此时信号在空间中形成波束的存在。这里的空间，可以是指水平方向的角度分布、垂直方向的角度分布等等。In modern communication systems, multi-antenna technology is widely used, such as in networks such as LTE, 5G NR, and WIFI. A node transmits or receives signals through multiple antennas, hereinafter referred to as MIMO. In a MIMO system, a node can adjust the MIMO transmission and reception scheme, such as adjusting the weight of the transmitting antenna, assigning different signals to different antennas, etc., and can obtain gains such as diversity and multiplexing, thereby improving system capacity and increasing system reliability. . With the development of MIMO technology, the application of massive MIMO (mass MIMO, MMIMO) can further improve system performance. In the high frequency band, the wavelength of the signal is shorter, such as only the millimeter level, the corresponding antenna size will also be reduced, and the nodes in the network have the ability to configure a large-scale antenna array. In M-MIMO, a node can configure dozens, hundreds, or even more antenna elements. These antenna arrays can be formed into antenna arrays according to a certain arrangement, such as linear arrangement, circular arrangement, and the like. When a node transmits or receives a signal through an antenna array, the antenna gain can be obtained by adjusting the weight on the antenna array, so that the transmitted or received signal exhibits an uneven energy distribution in space. With some algorithms, the signal can be made to have an energy concentration effect in a part of the direction in space. This effect can be called beamforming. At this point the signal forms a beam in space. The space here may be an angular distribution in the horizontal direction, an angular distribution in the vertical direction, and the like.

在高频中，由于这种M-MIMO的技术，往往天线增益很高，使得信号有明显的波束指向性。不同的波束之间，将呈现出较高的隔离度，它们将经历不同的信道状况。当两个节点采用波束进行通信时，在其他条件不变的情况下，采用不同的波束将可能导致接收功率的大幅度变化，这种变化由几dB到十几dB不等。在LTE的功率控制技术中，并没有考虑这种波束的状况。At high frequencies, due to this M-MIMO technique, the antenna gain is often high, resulting in significant beam directivity of the signal. Between different beams, there will be higher isolation and they will experience different channel conditions. When two nodes use beam for communication, using different beams under different conditions may cause a large change in received power, which varies from a few dB to a dozen dB. In the power control technology of LTE, the condition of such a beam is not considered.

通信***中可以灵活地运用多个功控参数用于功率计算，这样保证在不同的场景下，终端设备可以根据不同的参数计算来满足这些不同场景的需求。In the communication system, multiple power control parameters can be flexibly used for power calculation, so that in different scenarios, the terminal device can calculate the requirements according to different parameters to meet the requirements of these different scenarios.

比如说网络设备和终端设备之间可以是采用波束传输。波束是一种物理资源，在一些通信***中，可以是索引为一些导频资源、时频资源等等上。For example, a beam transmission may be used between a network device and a terminal device. A beam is a kind of physical resource. In some communication systems, it may be indexed as some pilot resources, time-frequency resources, and the like.

波束的物理含义是，在发送或者接收信号时，可以采用多天线的技术进行发送、接收，传输节点如网络设备、终端设备等可以对多天线进行权值处理，使得发送、接收的信号在一定的空间方向中呈现出能量的非均匀分布，使得信号能量有一定的聚集，这种能量的聚集可以称为是波束。The physical meaning of the beam is that when transmitting or receiving signals, multiple antenna technologies can be used for transmission and reception. Transmission nodes such as network devices and terminal devices can perform weight processing on multiple antennas, so that the transmitted and received signals are certain. The non-uniform distribution of energy in the spatial direction causes a certain concentration of signal energy, and the aggregation of such energy can be referred to as a beam.

采用波束传输的过程中，网络设备和终端设备之间可能会切换波束，尤其是一个波束的质量变差的时候，可能会切换其他的波束进行通信，来保证通信质量。In the process of using beam transmission, the beam may be switched between the network device and the terminal device. Especially when the quality of one beam is degraded, other beams may be switched for communication to ensure communication quality.

有鉴于此，可以在多波束***中引入多个PL。这样，终端设备可以根据多个导频测量出PL，写为PL(k)，这里的k是和测量资源有对应关系的值。测量资源是和波束有对应关系的。网络设备通常会在传输过程中通知终端设备所使用的波束，这种波束可以包括发送波束、接收波束等。因此，在接收到这种波束的指示信息时，终端设备可以明确地知道，现在应该用什么测量资源来测量，然后进行功率的计算。但当终端设备在没有收到这种波束指示的时候，终端设备如何从多个PL(k)中得到计算功率或功率余量的PL(k)，是一个亟待解决的问题。In view of this, multiple PLs can be introduced in a multi-beam system. In this way, the terminal device can measure the PL according to the plurality of pilots and write it as PL(k), where k is a value corresponding to the measurement resource. The measurement resources are corresponding to the beam. The network device usually notifies the beam used by the terminal device during transmission, and the beam may include a transmit beam, a receive beam, and the like. Therefore, when receiving the indication information of such a beam, the terminal device can clearly know what measurement resource should be used for measurement, and then perform power calculation. However, when the terminal device does not receive such a beam indication, how the terminal device obtains the PL(k) of the calculated power or power margin from the plurality of PL(k) is an urgent problem to be solved.

如图2所示，本申请实施例提供一种通信方法，以适用于NR***中的功率控制或功率余量上报。本申请实施例可以应用于网络设备与网络设备(如宏基站与微基站)，网络设备与终端设备，终端设备与终端设备(如设备到设备D2D，车载设备到其他设备V2X通信)之间的通信。在此，以网络设备与终端设备之间的通信为例进行描述，但并不限于此，比如可以统称为发送端与接收端之间的通信。在本申请中，上行可以指终端设备为发送端，网络设备为接收端，下行可以指网络设备为发送端，终端设备为接收端。本申请应用于发送端与接收端之间的通信时，上行可以指一个传输方向，下行可以指与上行相对的另一传输方向。As shown in FIG. 2, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applicable to power control or power headroom reporting in an NR system. The embodiments of the present application can be applied to network devices and network devices (such as macro base stations and micro base stations), network devices and terminal devices, terminal devices and terminal devices (such as device-to-device D2D, and in-vehicle devices to other devices V2X communication). Communication. Here, the communication between the network device and the terminal device is taken as an example, but is not limited thereto, and may be collectively referred to as communication between the transmitting end and the receiving end. In the present application, the uplink may refer to the terminal device as the transmitting end, the network device as the receiving end, and the downlink device may refer to the network device as the transmitting end and the terminal device as the receiving end. When the present application is applied to communication between a transmitting end and a receiving end, the uplink may refer to one transmission direction, and the downlink may refer to another transmission direction opposite to the uplink.

该通信方法200可以包括：The communication method 200 can include:

步骤S201，接收第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息指示至少两个第一参数；所述至少两个第一参数用于动态调度时确定上行数据信道功率，上行控制信道功率，或，上行参考信号功率中的至少一项；Step S201: Receive first indication information, where the first indication information indicates at least two first parameters, and the at least two first parameters are used to determine uplink data channel power, uplink control channel power, or uplink when dynamically scheduling. At least one of reference signal powers;

步骤S202，确定第一时间单元未用于传输上行数据信道，上行控制信道，或上行参考信号中至少一项时的第二参数；所述第二参数为标称功率，路径损耗调整因子，路径损耗，或，闭环功率控制调整值中的至少一种；Step S202, determining a second parameter that is not used by the first time unit to transmit at least one of an uplink data channel, an uplink control channel, or an uplink reference signal; the second parameter is a nominal power, a path loss adjustment factor, and a path. At least one of loss, or, closed loop power control adjustment value;

可选的，步骤S203，基于所述第二参数确定第一时间单元上上行数据信道功率，上行控制信道功率，上行参考信号功率，或，功率余量中的至少一项。Optionally, in step S203, determining, according to the second parameter, at least one of uplink data channel power, uplink control channel power, uplink reference signal power, or power headroom on the first time unit.

可选的，步骤S204，基于所述功率余量发送功率余量报告。Optionally, in step S204, a power headroom report is sent based on the power headroom.

可选的，还可以发送最大发射功率信息和/或确定(或选择)的第二参数的信息。Optionally, information of the maximum transmit power information and/or the determined (or selected) second parameter may also be transmitted.

在通信***中，可以对一个或多于一个信道进行功率控制或是在功率余量上报时考虑一个或多于一个信道的功率。In a communication system, power control of one or more channels may be performed or power of one or more channels may be considered when reporting power headroom.

该一个或多于一个信道可以包括：数据信道，控制信道，参考信号中的至少一项。The one or more channels may include at least one of a data channel, a control channel, and a reference signal.

本申请的描述以上行数据信道，比如物理上行共享信道(PUSCH)，上行控制信道，比如物理上行控制信道(PUCCH)，上行参考信号，比如探测参考信号(SRS)为例。The description of the present application is an example of an uplink data channel, such as a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH), an uplink control channel, such as a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH), and an uplink reference signal, such as a sounding reference signal (SRS).

在描述功率时，可以以一个时间单元为粒度(一个时间单元的粒度可以称为时间单位)进行描述。所述时间单位用于表示时域内的时间单元，例如可以为采样点，符号，迷你时隙，时隙，子帧，或者无线帧中的一个或多个。时间单位信息可以包括时间单位的类型，长度，或者结构等。可选的，时间单位可以理解为资源调度的时域单位。When describing power, it can be described by one time unit as the granularity (the granularity of one time unit can be referred to as a time unit). The time unit is used to represent a time unit in the time domain, and may be, for example, one or more of a sampling point, a symbol, a minislot, a time slot, a subframe, or a radio frame. The time unit information may include the type, length, or structure of the time unit. Optionally, the time unit can be understood as the time domain unit of the resource scheduling.

在描述功率时，可以涉及以下参数中的一个或多个：P _CMAX、M _PUSCH、P _O、α、PL、Δ _TF、f，这些参数在LTE协议的功率控制部分36.213中也有提到，在NR中，这些参数的含义类似。 When describing power, one or more of the following parameters may be involved: P _CMAX , M _PUSCH , P _O , α, PL, Δ _TF , f, which are also mentioned in the power control part 36.213 of the LTE protocol, in In NR, these parameters have similar meanings.

其中，among them,

P _CMAX为终端设备配置的最大发射功率的dB值表示； P _CMAX is the dB value of the maximum transmit power configured for the terminal device;

M _PUSCH表示数据信道，如PUSCH，的带宽； M _PUSCH represents the bandwidth of a data channel, such as PUSCH;

P _o表示基准功率密度，也可以称为标称功率，物理含义是接收端期待接收到的信号的功率密度，功率密度是指功率在频域上的密度； P _o denotes a reference power density, which may also be referred to as a nominal power, the physical meaning is the power density of the signal that the receiving end expects to receive, and the power density refers to the density of the power in the frequency domain;

α表示路径损耗补偿因子；α represents a path loss compensation factor;

可选的，α的取值是[0,1]之间的离散值，如α∈{0,0.4,0.5,0.6,0.7,0.8,0.9,1}。这个参数用于对路径损耗补偿进行调整，因此通常是作为路径损耗PL的乘法系数来呈现。通过这个参数，网络设备可以控制终端设备补偿路径损耗的程度，如近点终端设备往往信道条件比较好，网络设备可以为它配置小于1的α，来抑制近点终端设备对远点终端设备的干扰；Alternatively, the value of α is a discrete value between [0, 1], such as α ∈ {0, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1}. This parameter is used to adjust the path loss compensation and is therefore typically presented as a multiplication factor for the path loss PL. Through this parameter, the network device can control the extent to which the terminal device compensates for the path loss. For example, the near-point terminal device tends to have better channel conditions, and the network device can configure it with less than 1 alpha to suppress the near-point terminal device to the far-end terminal device. interference;

PL表示路径损耗，用于补偿信号传输中的路径损耗。可选的，该路径损耗可以看成是广义的路径损耗，可以理解成路径损耗、耦合损耗等，表达的是信号在网络设备和终端设备之间的链路上传播时经历的大尺度的损耗。示例的，在LTE***中，终端设备通过接收CRS小区参考信号，测量CRS的接收功率，将网络设备给终端设备配置的网络设备侧发送功率减去经过高层滤波的接收功率，得到PL(PL＝referenceSignalPower–higher layer filtered RSRP)；PL represents path loss and is used to compensate for path loss in signal transmission. Optionally, the path loss can be regarded as a generalized path loss, which can be understood as path loss, coupling loss, etc., and expresses a large-scale loss experienced when a signal propagates on a link between a network device and a terminal device. . For example, in the LTE system, the terminal device measures the received power of the CRS by receiving the CRS cell reference signal, and subtracts the received power of the high-layer filter from the network device-side transmit power configured by the network device to the terminal device to obtain the PL (PL= referenceSignalPower–higher layer filtered RSRP);

Δ _TF表示调制编码方式和信号的内容(比如，是否有上行控制信息UCI、上行控制信息的大小)有关的功率偏移值；可选的，当终端设备采用高码率传输时，会相应地有更高的Δ _TF值，提高发射功率，保证高码率传输时的信号质量，防止因高码率传输而造成信号的解调性能下降； Δ _TF represents the power offset value related to the modulation coding mode and the content of the signal (for example, whether there is uplink control information UCI, the size of the uplink control information); optionally, when the terminal device transmits at a high code rate, correspondingly It has a higher Δ _TF value, improves the transmission power, ensures the signal quality at high bit rate transmission, and prevents the demodulation performance of the signal from degrading due to high code rate transmission;

f、h、g分别表示数据信道、参考信号和控制信道的闭环功控调整量，可选的，可以为通过传输功率控制TPC命令指示的动态功率偏移。f, h, g respectively represent the closed loop power control adjustment of the data channel, the reference signal and the control channel, and optionally, the dynamic power offset indicated by the transmission power control TPC command.

Δ _F表示控制信道，如PUCCH，的格式偏移。 Δ _F represents the format offset of the control channel, such as PUCCH.

上述参数可以进一步地进行下标、影响因子(也称变量)等的限定，应用在具体的信道上，如上行数据信道，上行控制信道，上行参考信号中的一个或多个。The above parameters may be further defined by subscripts, impact factors (also called variables), and the like, and applied to a specific channel, such as one or more of an uplink data channel, an uplink control channel, and an uplink reference signal.

以PUSCH的功率确定为例，以上参数可以为如下等式中的形式：Taking the power determination of the PUSCH as an example, the above parameters may be in the form of the following equation:

如上述公式中，影响因子或下标的含义可以为：As in the above formula, the meaning of the influence factor or subscript can be:

PUSCH表示该参量为PUSCH相关的参量，类似的，还有PUCCH表示该参量为PUCCH相关的参量，SRS表示该参量为SRS相关的参量；The PUSCH indicates that the parameter is a PUSCH-related parameter, and similarly, the PUCCH indicates that the parameter is a PUCCH-related parameter, and the SRS indicates that the parameter is an SRS-related parameter;

比如M _PUSCH表示PUSCH的带宽； For example, M _PUSCH indicates the bandwidth of the PUSCH;

i是时间单元单元的标识(也称为索引或编号)，比如时隙；i is the identity (also called index or number) of the time unit, such as a time slot;

c是载波标识(也称为编号或索引)，或者，服务小区号(也称为标识或索引)；c is the carrier identifier (also known as the number or index), or the serving cell number (also known as the identity or index);

比如，M _PUSCH,c(i)表示载波c，子帧i上发送的PUSCH的带宽； For example, M _PUSCH,c (i) represents carrier c, the bandwidth of the PUSCH transmitted on subframe i;

本申请中的c如果是服务小区，意味着本申请中的功率、功率余量等都是针对一个服务小区来计算的；如果是载波标识，意味着本申请中的功率、功率余量等都是针对一个载波标识来计算的；If c in the present application is a serving cell, it means that the power, power margin and the like in the present application are all calculated for one serving cell; if it is a carrier identifier, it means that the power and power margin in the present application are all Is calculated for a carrier identifier;

本申请中的参数下标可以为1个也可以为多于1个。比如说，除了参数下标c，还可以增加下标u，表示该参数是针对一个服务小区的一个载波的，比如Pcmax可以有下标c和u，表示所述Pcmax是服务小区c载波u的。The parameter subscript in the present application may be one or more than one. For example, in addition to the parameter subscript c, the subscript u may be added to indicate that the parameter is for one carrier of a serving cell, for example, Pcmax may have subscripts c and u, indicating that the Pcmax is the serving cell c carrier u. .

在本申请中，在一个服务小区中可以存在一个或多个上行载波，载波可以用载波标识ID或无线网络临时标识(radio network temporary identifier，RNTI)来区分；In this application, one or more uplink carriers may exist in one serving cell, and the carrier may be distinguished by a carrier identifier ID or a radio network temporary identifier (RNTI);

j,b,m分别表示PUSCH，PUCCH和SRS与传输方式相关的参数的标识(也称为索引或编号或取值)；j, b, m respectively represent the identification of the parameters related to the transmission mode of the PUSCH, PUCCH and SRS (also referred to as index or number or value);

本申请中，传输方式包括动态调度传输，半静态调度传输，非基于授权信息的传输，或接入过程中的一项或多于一项。对于这些传输方式，可以有多种传输配置。其中，本申请的传输配置包括传输波束，传输波形(如CP-OFDM、DFT-S-OFDM等)，传输业务(如URLLC,eMBB等)，numerology，部分带宽BWP，载波，时域长度，时隙集合等中的至少一种。In the present application, the transmission mode includes dynamic scheduling transmission, semi-persistent scheduling transmission, non-authorization information transmission, or one or more items in the access procedure. For these transmission methods, there are multiple transmission configurations. The transmission configuration of the present application includes a transmission beam, a transmission waveform (such as CP-OFDM, DFT-S-OFDM, etc.), a transmission service (such as URLLC, eMBB, etc.), a numerology, a partial bandwidth BWP, a carrier, a time domain length, and a time interval. At least one of a gap set or the like.

示例的，j，b，m的不同取值可以表示了不同的传输方式或传输配置。如，j＝0对应半静态调度方式，j＝1对应动态调度方式，j＝2对应随机接入过程。For example, different values of j, b, m may represent different transmission modes or transmission configurations. For example, j=0 corresponds to a semi-static scheduling mode, j=1 corresponds to a dynamic scheduling mode, and j=2 corresponds to a random access process.

本申请中的波束可以通过信号的资源标识ID，端口号，时域标识，频域标识，图样标识，预编码矩阵标识中的一项或多项进行识别。The beam in the present application may be identified by one or more of a resource identifier ID, a port number, a time domain identifier, a frequency domain identifier, a pattern identifier, and a precoding matrix identifier.

本申请中的numerology为5G通信***所采用的参数，numerology可以通过以下参数信息中的一个或多个定义：子载波间隔，循环前缀(cyclic prefix,CP)，时间单位，带宽。例如，numerology可以由子载波间隔和CP来定义。CP信息可以包括CP长度和/或CP类型。CP的类型可以基于CP的开销确定，例如，CP可以为正常CP(normal CP，NCP),或者为扩展CP(extended CP，ECP)。再例如，numerology对应于频域的一个子载波间隔，通过将参考子载波间隔缩放N倍，可以定义不同的numerology。可选的，N为整数。The numerology in this application is a parameter used by the 5G communication system. The numerology can be defined by one or more of the following parameter information: subcarrier spacing, cyclic prefix (CP), time unit, bandwidth. For example, numerology can be defined by subcarrier spacing and CP. The CP information may include a CP length and/or a CP type. The type of the CP can be determined based on the overhead of the CP. For example, the CP can be a normal CP (NCP) or an extended CP (ECP). For another example, the numerology corresponds to one subcarrier spacing in the frequency domain, and by narrowing the reference subcarrier spacing by N times, different numerologies can be defined. Optionally, N is an integer.

k与测量路径损耗的参数信号(RS)的资源有对应关系；k corresponds to the resource of the parameter signal (RS) measuring the path loss;

其中，k表示与确定PUSCH功率有关的测量路径损耗的参数信号(RS)的资源，k ₁表示与确定PUCCH功率有关的测量路径损耗的参数信号(RS)的资源，k ₂表示与确定PUCCH功率有关的测量路径损耗的参数信号(RS)的资源； Where k represents the resource of the parameter signal (RS) of the measured path loss related to determining the PUSCH power, k ₁ represents the resource of the parameter signal (RS) of the measured path loss related to determining the PUCCH power, k ₂ represents and determines the PUCCH power Resources related to the parameter signal (RS) for measuring path loss;

l对应于闭环功率控制(简称功控)的编号(也称为闭环功控进程指示或索引或标识)。l Corresponds to the number of closed-loop power control (referred to as power control) (also known as closed-loop power control process indication or index or identification).

上述下标还可以有下标，比如数字下标，0，1，2…等，以示区分不同的值，比如k ₁，k ₂，l ₁，l ₂等。 The above subscripts may also have subscripts, such as numerical subscripts, 0, 1, 2, etc., to distinguish different values, such as k ₁ , k ₂ , l ₁ , l _{2 ,} and the like.

本申请中，对于数字下标的使用可能并不严谨，本申请的公式中对于相应参数的影响因子的取值，或相应参数的取值除特别说明外，并不关注。当相应参数的影响因子的取值，或相应参数的取值不同时，可以将公式中的参数加上数字下标以示区别。In this application, the use of the digital subscript may not be rigorous. The value of the influence factor of the corresponding parameter in the formula of the present application, or the value of the corresponding parameter, is not concerned unless otherwise specified. When the value of the influence factor of the corresponding parameter, or the value of the corresponding parameter is different, the parameter in the formula may be numerically subscripted to indicate the difference.

本申请中，上标^表示线性值，比如

表示在时间单元i上给PUCCH分配的功率的线性值； In this application, the superscript ^ represents a linear value, such as

a linear value representing the power allocated to the PUCCH on time unit i;

由于上述一个或多于一个信道在发送时可以有多种组合，比如发送数据信道，控制信道，参考信号中的一个或多于一个，在确定这些信道的功率以及确定功率余量时，也有多种情况，下面分别对这些情况进行描述。Since one or more of the above channels may be transmitted in various combinations, such as one of a transmission data channel, a control channel, and one or more reference signals, when determining the power of these channels and determining the power headroom, In the case, these cases are described separately below.

1)数据信道的功率确定1) Power determination of the data channel

数据信道的功率确定可以有以下3种情况：The power of the data channel can be determined in the following three cases:

1.1)在时间单元，如时隙，i上有PUSCH传输，无PUCCH传输1.1) PUSCH transmission on time unit, such as time slot, i, no PUCCH transmission

终端设备根据当前的传输配置，获得对应的功控参数，并基于功控参数，计算PUSCH的功率。The terminal device obtains corresponding power control parameters according to the current transmission configuration, and calculates the power of the PUSCH based on the power control parameters.

可选的，可以基于满足以下等式的公式或表格或序列或其他表现形式，计算PUSCH的功率。Alternatively, the power of the PUSCH may be calculated based on a formula or a table or sequence or other representation that satisfies the following equation.

其中，对应的功控参数可以包括以上等式中的P _CMAX、M _PUSCH、P _O、α、PL、Δ _TF、f(为了描述的简便，此处省略了这些参数的c，i，j等影响因子或下标)。 Wherein, the corresponding power control parameters may include P _CMAX , M _PUSCH , P _O , α, PL, Δ _TF , f in the above equation (for the convenience of description, c, i, j, etc. of these parameters are omitted here. Impact factor or subscript).

一种可能的实现方式中，网络设备可以给终端设备发送配置信息，该配置信息指示至少两个第一参数，该至少两个第一参数为终端设备确定用于确定上行数据信道的功控参数的候选。可选的，所述至少两个第一参数用于动态调度时确定上行数据信道的功率。In a possible implementation, the network device may send configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information indicates at least two first parameters, and the at least two first parameters determine, by the terminal device, a power control parameter for determining an uplink data channel. Candidate. Optionally, the at least two first parameters are used to determine the power of the uplink data channel during dynamic scheduling.

可选的，所述第一参数可以为标称功率(此为上行数据信道的标称功率)，路径损耗调整因子，路径损耗测量相关信息(如用于路径损耗测量的资源信息)，或，闭环功率控制指示(如闭环功率控制进程指示和/或闭环功率调整值)中的至少一种。Optionally, the first parameter may be a nominal power (this is the nominal power of the uplink data channel), a path loss adjustment factor, path loss measurement related information (such as resource information used for path loss measurement), or At least one of a closed loop power control indication, such as a closed loop power control process indication and/or a closed loop power adjustment value.

可以理解的是，网络设备给终端设备配置的功控参数可以为第一参数集合，该集合包括前述标称功率(此为上行数据信道的标称功率)，路径损耗调整因子，路径损耗测量相关信息，或，闭环功率控制指示中的一项或多于一项。It can be understood that the power control parameter configured by the network device to the terminal device may be a first parameter set, where the set includes the foregoing nominal power (this is the nominal power of the uplink data channel), the path loss adjustment factor, and the path loss measurement correlation. One or more of the information, or, closed loop power control indications.

可选的，通过高层信令携带上述第一参数。Optionally, the foregoing first parameter is carried by high layer signaling.

可选的，高层信令可以为无线资源控制RRC信令或媒体接入控制控制元素MAC CE。Optionally, the high layer signaling may be a radio resource control RRC signaling or a medium access control control element MAC CE.

进一步的，网络设备可以给终端设备发送指示信息，该指示信息用于指示时间单元i上使用上述至少两个第一参数中的一个。Further, the network device may send the indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate that one of the at least two first parameters is used on the time unit i.

可选的，该指示信息通过下行控制信息携带，如下行控制信息DCI。Optionally, the indication information is carried by the downlink control information, and the following information is controlled by the DCI.

可选的，所述下行控制信息还可以携带用于调度PUSCH的信息。用于调度PUSCH的信息可以指示在时间单元i上传输PUSCH，还可以用于指示PUSCH的资源信息，如PUSCH的带宽。Optionally, the downlink control information may further carry information used to schedule the PUSCH. The information for scheduling the PUSCH may indicate that the PUSCH is transmitted on the time unit i, and may also be used to indicate resource information of the PUSCH, such as the bandwidth of the PUSCH.

这样，基于上述第一参数及下行控制信息，终端设备可以获得时间单元i上的上行数据信道的功率。可选的，终端设备可以基于上述等式获得时间单元i上的上行数据信道的功率。Thus, based on the first parameter and the downlink control information, the terminal device can obtain the power of the uplink data channel on the time unit i. Alternatively, the terminal device may obtain the power of the uplink data channel on the time unit i based on the above equation.

1.2)在时间单元i上有PUSCH传输，且有PUCCH传输1.2) PUSCH transmission on time unit i with PUCCH transmission

终端设备根据当前的传输配置，获得对应的功控参数，并根据所述功控参数计算PUSCH的功率。The terminal device obtains a corresponding power control parameter according to the current transmission configuration, and calculates a power of the PUSCH according to the power control parameter.

终端设备在计算PUSCH功率的时候，如果PUCCH和PUSCH同时发送，可以先保证PUCCH的发送。因此可以优先分配PUCCH的功率，然后在PUSCH的功率计算时，保证功率的上限不超过最大功率减去同时传输的PUCCH的功率后的值。When the terminal device calculates the PUSCH power, if the PUCCH and the PUSCH are simultaneously transmitted, the PUCCH transmission may be guaranteed first. Therefore, the power of the PUCCH can be preferentially allocated, and then, in the calculation of the power of the PUSCH, the upper limit of the guaranteed power does not exceed the value of the maximum power minus the power of the PUCCH transmitted at the same time.

其中，对应的功控参数可以包括以上等式中的

M _PUSCH、P _O、α、PL、Δ _TF、f(为了描述的简便，此处省略了这些参数的c，i，j等影响因子或下标)。 Wherein, the corresponding power control parameter may include the above equation

M _PUSCH , P _O , α, PL, Δ _TF , f (for the sake of simplicity of description, the influence factors or subscripts of c, i, j, etc. of these parameters are omitted here).

类似的，可以参考上述1.1中可能的实现方式一中的描述，基于上述第一参数及下行控制信息，并基于后面第2)点中PUCCH功率的获得，终端设备可以获得时间单元i上的上行数据信道的功率。可选的，终端设备可以基于上述等式获得时间单元i上的上行数据信道的功率。Similarly, referring to the description in the first implementation manner of the foregoing 1.1, based on the foregoing first parameter and downlink control information, and based on obtaining the PUCCH power in the second point 2), the terminal device may obtain the uplink on the time unit i. The power of the data channel. Alternatively, the terminal device may obtain the power of the uplink data channel on the time unit i based on the above equation.

1.3)在时间单元i上无PUSCH传输，可以用于闭环功控且传输功率控制(transmission power control，TPC)累加的情况下PUSCH功率的确定1.3) No PUSCH transmission on time unit i, which can be used for closed loop power control and determination of PUSCH power in case of transmission power control (TPC) accumulation

当终端设备当前不传输PUSCH，但是依然收到TPC命令时，为了保证TPC累加不超过上界和下界。上界一般是最大发射功率，下界一般是0，也需要计算PUSCH的功率。When the terminal device does not currently transmit the PUSCH but still receives the TPC command, in order to ensure that the TPC accumulation does not exceed the upper and lower bounds. The upper bound is generally the maximum transmit power, the lower bound is typically 0, and the power of the PUSCH needs to be calculated.

在这种情况下，时间单元i未用于传输PUSCH，也即没有PUSCH的调度信息。In this case, the time unit i is not used to transmit the PUSCH, that is, there is no scheduling information of the PUSCH.

在一种可能的实现方式中，终端设备确定第二参数，所述第二参数为标称功率(此为PUSCH的标称功率)，路径损耗调整因子，路径损耗，或，闭环功率控制调整值中的至少一种。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device determines a second parameter, where the second parameter is a nominal power (this is a nominal power of the PUSCH), a path loss adjustment factor, a path loss, or a closed loop power control adjustment value. At least one of them.

进一步的，终端设备可以根据上述第二参数计算PUSCH的功率。Further, the terminal device may calculate the power of the PUSCH according to the foregoing second parameter.

可选的，基于满足以下等式的公式或表格或序列或其他表现形式，计算PUSCH的功率。Alternatively, the power of the PUSCH is calculated based on a formula or a table or sequence or other representation that satisfies the following equation.

上述确定用于功率控制的第二参数的方法，可以参考后续具体的描述，在此不予赘述。For the method for determining the second parameter for the power control, reference may be made to the subsequent specific description, and details are not described herein.

2)控制信道的功率确定2) Power determination of the control channel

控制信道的功率确定可以有以下3种情况：The power of the control channel can be determined in the following three cases:

2.1)在时间单元i上有PUCCH传输2.1) PUCCH transmission on time unit i

终端设备根据当前的传输配置，获得对应的功控参数，并根据所述功控参数计算PUCCH的功率。The terminal device obtains a corresponding power control parameter according to the current transmission configuration, and calculates a power of the PUCCH according to the power control parameter.

以上等式中，带有PUCCH的下标的，表示该参数是对应PUCCH使用的，如M _PUCCH是指PUCCH的带宽。P _{O_PUCCH,c}(b)是指PUCCH的标称功率，是上述P _o的变形，其中b是和1.3)中的j相似的物理量，与传输配置相关。对于PUCCH，网络设备可以为终端设备配置共B个标称功率，表示b对应了其中的一个标称功率。PL _c(k ₁)表示终端设备用对应测量资源k ₁测量出来的PUCCH的路损。其中，k ₁与k可以相同或者不同，相同则表示PUSCH和PUCCH的路损是用相同的测量资源获得的，不同则表示PUSCH和PUCCH的路损是用不同测量资源获得的，这种情况下终端设备可以采用不同的波束发送PUSCH和PUCCH。Δ _{F_PUCCH}(F)是PUCCH的格式的功率偏移，其中，F对应了PUCCH的格式。Δ _{PUCCH_TF.c}(i)是关于PUCCH的调制编码方式相关的参数，是上述Δ _TF的变形。g与1.1)中的f功能(或表达)相似，这里g是用于PUCCH的闭环功控参数。本申请中，PUCCH的闭环功控进程可以与PUSCH的相同，也可以不同，本申请的公式中并未对二者是否相同进行限定(即使都使用的参数l)。可以理解的是，也可以在参数l上加上下标，如下标1，以区分PUCCH的闭环功控进程和PUSCH的闭环功控进程。 In the above equation, the subscript with the PUCCH indicates that the parameter is used by the corresponding PUCCH, for example, the M _PUCCH refers to the bandwidth of the PUCCH. P _{O_PUCCH,c} (b) refers to the nominal power of the PUCCH, which is a variant of the above P _o , where b is a physical quantity similar to j in 1.3) and is related to the transmission configuration. For PUCCH, the network device can configure a total of B nominal powers for the terminal device, indicating that b corresponds to one of the nominal powers. PL _c (k ₁ ) represents the path loss of the PUCCH measured by the terminal device with the corresponding measurement resource k ₁ . Where k ₁ and k may be the same or different, the same means that the path loss of the PUSCH and the PUCCH are obtained by using the same measurement resource, and the difference is that the path loss of the PUSCH and the PUCCH is obtained by using different measurement resources. The terminal device can transmit the PUSCH and the PUCCH with different beams. Δ _{F_PUCCH} (F) is the power offset of the format of the PUCCH, where F corresponds to the format of the PUCCH. _Δ PUCCH_TF.c (i) is the modulation and coding scheme on the PUCCH parameters related to a modification of the above-described Δ _TF. g is similar to the f function (or expression) in 1.1), where g is the closed loop power control parameter for PUCCH. In the present application, the closed loop power control process of the PUCCH may be the same as or different from the PUSCH, and the formula of the present application does not limit whether the two are the same (even if the parameter l is used). It can be understood that the subscript can also be added to the parameter l, as follows, to distinguish the closed loop power control process of the PUCCH and the closed loop power control process of the PUSCH.

由于PUCCH的优先级高于其他信息，因而在确定PUCCH的功率时，可以不考虑其他信号是否传输。Since the priority of the PUCCH is higher than other information, when determining the power of the PUCCH, it is possible to ignore whether other signals are transmitted or not.

如果PUCCH的参数不与c有关的话，以上公式中的与PUCCH相关的参数的下标可以去掉。比如PUCCH只在主服务小区上发送的话，PUCCH的参数也和主服务小区有关，这样就不需要区分c，可以把c去掉。If the parameters of the PUCCH are not related to c, the subscripts of the PUCCH related parameters in the above formula may be removed. For example, if the PUCCH is only sent on the primary serving cell, the parameters of the PUCCH are also related to the primary serving cell, so that there is no need to distinguish between c and c can be removed.

对于终端设备根据当前的传输配置，获得对应的功控参数：For the terminal device, according to the current transmission configuration, the corresponding power control parameters are obtained:

一种可能的实现方式中，网络设备可以给终端设备发送配置信息，该配置信息指示至少两个第一参数，该至少两个第一参数为终端设备确定用于确定上行控制信道的功控参数的候选。In a possible implementation, the network device may send configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information indicates at least two first parameters, and the at least two first parameters determine, by the terminal device, a power control parameter for determining an uplink control channel. Candidate.

可选的，所述至少两个第一参数用于动态调度时确定上行控制信道的功率。Optionally, the at least two first parameters are used to determine the power of the uplink control channel when dynamically scheduling.

可选的，所述第一参数可以为标称功率(此为上行控制信道的标称功率)，路径损耗测量相关信息(如用于路径损耗测量的资源信息)，或，闭环功率控制指示(如闭环功率控制进程指示)中的至少一种。Optionally, the first parameter may be a nominal power (this is the nominal power of the uplink control channel), path loss measurement related information (such as resource information for path loss measurement), or a closed loop power control indication ( At least one of the closed loop power control process indications.

可以理解的是，网络设备给终端设备配置的功控参数可以为第一参数集合，该集合包括前述标称功率(此为上行控制信道的标称功率)，路径损耗测量相关信息，或，闭环功率控制进程指示中的一项或多于一项。It can be understood that the power control parameter configured by the network device to the terminal device may be a first parameter set, where the set includes the foregoing nominal power (this is the nominal power of the uplink control channel), path loss measurement related information, or a closed loop. One or more of the power control process indications.

可选的，所述下行控制信息中还可以携带用于确定PUCCH资源的信息。Optionally, the downlink control information may further carry information used to determine a PUCCH resource.

可选的，所述下行控制信息中还可以携带用于确定上行控制信道的闭环功率控制指示。所述用于上行控制信道的闭环功率控制指示可以指示闭环功率控制调整值、闭环功率控制进程中的至少一项。Optionally, the downlink control information may further carry a closed loop power control indication for determining an uplink control channel. The closed loop power control indication for the uplink control channel may indicate at least one of a closed loop power control adjustment value and a closed loop power control process.

这样，基于上述第一参数及下行控制信息，终端设备可以获得时间单元i上的上行控制信道的功率。可选的，终端设备可以基于上述等式获得时间单元i上的上行控制信道的功率。Thus, based on the first parameter and the downlink control information, the terminal device can obtain the power of the uplink control channel on the time unit i. Optionally, the terminal device may obtain the power of the uplink control channel on the time unit i based on the above equation.

2.2)在时间单元i上无PUCCH传输，可以用于闭环功控且TPC累加的情况下PUCCH 功率的确定2.2) No PUCCH transmission on time unit i, which can be used for closed loop power control and determination of PUCCH power in case of TPC accumulation

当终端设备当前不传输PUCCH，但是依然收到TPC命令时，为了保证TPC累加不超过上界和下界。上界一般是最大发射功率，下界一般是0，也需要计算PUCCH的功率。When the terminal device does not currently transmit the PUCCH, but still receives the TPC command, in order to ensure that the TPC accumulation does not exceed the upper and lower bounds. The upper bound is generally the maximum transmit power, the lower bound is typically 0, and the power of the PUCCH needs to be calculated.

当前没有PUCCH传输，一般是指PUCCH的周期还没有到，PUCCH在周期的两次传输中间的时刻。如当PUCCH的周期是X，在时间单元t-X到时间单元t之间(其中t-X<i<t)，没有PUCCH传输，但这时候终端设备可能仍收到网络侧设备发送的下行控制信息。所述下行控制信息中可以包含闭环功率控制信息。所述闭环功率控制信息可以用于指示闭环功率调整值。在累加闭环功率控制模式时，在时间单元t-X到时间单元t之间，为了计算TPC的累加仍然要计算PUCCH的功率，但在这段时间内没有PUCCH需要发送。There is currently no PUCCH transmission, which generally means that the PUCCH period has not yet arrived, and the PUCCH is in the middle of the two transmissions of the period. For example, when the period of the PUCCH is X, between the time unit t-X and the time unit t (where t-X<i<t), there is no PUCCH transmission, but at this time, the terminal device may still receive the downlink control information sent by the network side device. The downlink control information may include closed loop power control information. The closed loop power control information can be used to indicate a closed loop power adjustment value. In accumulating the closed-loop power control mode, between the time unit t-X and the time unit t, the power of the PUCCH is still calculated in order to calculate the accumulation of the TPC, but no PUCCH needs to be transmitted during this time.

在这种情况下，时间单元i未用于传输PUCCH。在一种可能的实现方式中，终端设备确定用于功率控制的第二参数，所述第二参数为标称功率(此时为PUCCH的标称功率)，路径损耗调整因子，路径损耗，或，闭环功率控制调整值中的至少一种。In this case, time unit i is not used to transmit PUCCH. In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device determines a second parameter for power control, where the second parameter is a nominal power (in this case, a nominal power of the PUCCH), a path loss adjustment factor, a path loss, or At least one of closed loop power control adjustment values.

进一步的，终端设备可以基于满足以下等式的公式或表格或序列或其他表现形式，计算PUCCH的功率。Further, the terminal device may calculate the power of the PUCCH based on a formula or a table or sequence or other representation that satisfies the following equation.

和上述1.3)中类似，上述确定用于功率控制的第二参数的方法，可以参考后续具体的描述，在此不予赘述。Similar to the above-mentioned 1.3), the method for determining the second parameter for power control may refer to the subsequent specific description, and details are not described herein.

3)参考信号的功率确定3) Power determination of the reference signal

终端设备可以根据当前的SRS配置来获得SRS的功率信息。The terminal device can obtain the power information of the SRS according to the current SRS configuration.

当前没有SRS没有传输一般是没有配置周期SRS，或者是没有触发非周期的SRS。Currently there is no SRS without transmission, generally there is no configuration period SRS, or no acyclic SRS is triggered.

参考信号的功率可以根据第一参数或第二参数确定。The power of the reference signal can be determined based on the first parameter or the second parameter.

可选的，终端设备可以基于满足以下等式的公式或表格或序列或其他表现形式，计算SRS的功率。Alternatively, the terminal device may calculate the power of the SRS based on a formula or a table or sequence or other representation that satisfies the following equation.

P _{SRS_OFFSET}是指SRS相对于PUSCH的功率偏移，当SRS的标称功率与PUSCH的标称功率相同时，本参数可以补偿SRS相对于PUSCH的功率偏移。本参数非必选参数，本参数可以为0，从以上公式中删去。k ₂的下标为2，表示SRS的测量资源与PUSCH的测量资源的区分，k ₂与k可以相同或者不同。SRS的标称功率与PUSCH的标称功率可以相同或不同。 P _{SRS_OFFSET} refers to the power offset of the SRS with respect to the PUSCH. When the nominal power of the SRS is the same as the nominal power of the PUSCH, this parameter can compensate the power offset of the SRS with respect to the PUSCH. This parameter is not required. This parameter can be 0, which is deleted from the above formula. The subscript of k ₂ is 2, indicating the distinction between the measurement resources of the SRS and the measurement resources of the PUSCH, and k ₂ and k may be the same or different. The nominal power of the SRS may be the same or different than the nominal power of the PUSCH.

一种可能的实现方式中，网络设备可以给终端设备发送配置信息，该配置信息指示至少两个第一参数，该至少两个第一参数为终端设备确定用于确定上行参考信号的功率的功控参数的候选。In a possible implementation, the network device may send configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information indicates at least two first parameters, and the at least two first parameters determine, for the terminal device, a function for determining power of the uplink reference signal. Candidate for control parameters.

可选的，所述至少两个第一参数用于动态调度时确定上行参考信号的功率。上行参考信号的发送可以是周期的，或非周期触发的。非周期触发的上行参考信号发送方式是一种动态调度的方式。Optionally, the at least two first parameters are used to determine the power of the uplink reference signal when dynamically scheduling. The transmission of the uplink reference signal may be periodic or non-periodic. The aperiodic triggering of the uplink reference signal transmission mode is a dynamic scheduling method.

可选的，所述第一参数可以为标称功率(此为SRS的标称功率)，路径损耗调整因子，路径损耗测量的相关信息(如用于路径损耗测量的资源信息)，或，闭环功率控制指示(如闭环功率控制进程指示)中的至少一种。Optionally, the first parameter may be a nominal power (this is the nominal power of the SRS), a path loss adjustment factor, related information of the path loss measurement (such as resource information used for path loss measurement), or a closed loop. At least one of a power control indication (such as a closed loop power control process indication).

可以理解的是，网络设备给终端设备配置的功控参数可以为第一参数集合，该集合包括前述标称功率(此为上行参考信号的标称功率)，路径损耗调整因子，路径损耗测量的相关信息，或，闭环功率控制指示中的一项或者多于一项。It can be understood that the power control parameter configured by the network device to the terminal device may be a first parameter set, where the set includes the foregoing nominal power (this is the nominal power of the uplink reference signal), the path loss adjustment factor, and the path loss measurement. Related information, or one or more of the closed loop power control indications.

这样，基于上述第一参数及下行控制信息，终端设备可以获得时间单元i上的上行参考信号的功率。可选的，终端设备可以基于上述等式获得时间单元i上的上行参考信号的功率。Thus, based on the first parameter and the downlink control information, the terminal device can obtain the power of the uplink reference signal on the time unit i. Optionally, the terminal device may obtain the power of the uplink reference signal on the time unit i based on the above equation.

4)功率余量的确定4) Determination of power headroom

PH整体可以表达成最大功率中减去要发送信号所要用的功率。这不代表减去的信号的功率就是信号发送的时候的真实功率，也不代表该信号一定要发送。The PH as a whole can be expressed as the maximum power minus the power to be used to transmit the signal. This does not mean that the power of the subtracted signal is the actual power when the signal is transmitted, nor does it mean that the signal must be transmitted.

公式的含义是，最大功率减去需要同时发送的信道、信号的功率的总和。本申请不限定公式里的每一个物理变量都需要存在。比如说，如果只有PUCCH和PUSCH同时发送，SRS不会同时发送，则不需要减去SRS的功率。意味着，如果有PUCCH和PUSCH同时要传输的时候，功率余量应当是最大发射功率减去PUSCH、PUCCH的功率的和。下面是这样的举例。The meaning of the formula is that the maximum power is subtracted from the sum of the power of the channel and signal that need to be transmitted simultaneously. This application does not limit that every physical variable in the formula needs to exist. For example, if only PUCCH and PUSCH are transmitted simultaneously, and SRS is not transmitted at the same time, the power of the SRS does not need to be subtracted. It means that if there is PUCCH and PUSCH to transmit at the same time, the power headroom should be the sum of the maximum transmit power minus the power of PUSCH and PUCCH. The following is an example of this.

应当视情况而定用相应的公式。The corresponding formula should be used as appropriate.

如果只有PUSCH单独发送，或者只有PUCCH单独发送，或者只有SRS单独发送，则PH分别根据在最大功率中减去PUSCH的功率，在最大功率中减去PUCCH的功率，在最大功率中减去SRS的功率的方式进行计算；If only the PUSCH is transmitted separately, or only the PUCCH is transmitted separately, or only the SRS is transmitted separately, the PH subtracts the power of the PUCCH from the maximum power according to the power of the PUSCH in the maximum power, and subtracts the SRS from the maximum power. The way of calculating the power;

如果有PUSCH和PUCCH同时发送，或者有PUSCH和SRS同时发送，或者有PUCCH和SRS同时发送，则PH分别根据在最大功率中减去PUSCH与PUCCH的功率和，或，在最大功率中减去PUSCH与SRS的功率和，或，在最大功率中减去PUCCH和SRS的功率和的方式进行计算；If there is a PUSCH and a PUCCH transmitted simultaneously, or both the PUSCH and the SRS are simultaneously transmitted, or the PUCCH and the SRS are simultaneously transmitted, the PH subtracts the power of the PUSCH and the PUCCH according to the maximum power, or subtracts the PUSCH from the maximum power. Calculate with the power sum of the SRS, or the way the power sum of the PUCCH and the SRS is subtracted from the maximum power;

如果有PUSCH和PUCCH和SRS同时发送，则PH分别根据在最大功率中减去PUSCH与PUCCH和SRS的功率和的方式进行计算。If there is a PUSCH and a PUCCH and an SRS are simultaneously transmitted, the PH is calculated according to the manner in which the power sum of the PUSCH and the PUCCH and the SRS is subtracted from the maximum power, respectively.

这里所说的同时发送多个信号、信道的场景，是说可以同时发送多个信号、信道的场景。在当前时间单元，如果可以同时发送多个信号、信道，但当时没有发送多个信号、信道中的部分信号、信道，也需要按照可以同时发送多个信号信道的假设，在最大发送功率中将所有可以同时发送的信号、信道的功率和减去。Here, a scenario in which a plurality of signals and channels are simultaneously transmitted is a scenario in which a plurality of signals and channels can be simultaneously transmitted. In the current time unit, if multiple signals and channels can be transmitted simultaneously, but at the time, multiple signals, some signals in the channel, and channels are not transmitted, it is also required to transmit multiple signal channels simultaneously, and the maximum transmission power will be All signals that can be sent simultaneously, the power of the channel, and subtracted.

4-1 类型type 1的PH(或PHR)4-1 Type 1 PH (or PHR)

类型type 1的PH(或PHR)一般是用在PUSCH和PUCCH不同时传输的时候，还可以用在在一个时间单元，如slot，里有PUSCH和PUCCH的时候，这种时候一般PUSCH和PUCCH是时分复用TDM的。The type 1 PH (or PHR) is generally used when the PUSCH and the PUCCH are not transmitted at the same time, and can also be used when there is a PUSCH and a PUCCH in a time unit, such as a slot. In this case, the general PUSCH and the PUCCH are Time division multiplexing TDM.

包括以下4.1)-4.3)三种情况：Including the following 4.1)-4.3) three cases:

4.1)情况一4.1) Situation 1

终端设备在时间单元i传输PUSCH，而且不传输PUCCH。则相应的PH为当前的最大发射功率减去PUSCH的功率。The terminal device transmits the PUSCH in time unit i and does not transmit the PUCCH. Then the corresponding PH is the current maximum transmit power minus the power of the PUSCH.

终端设备根据当前的传输配置，获得对应的功控参数，并基于功控参数，计算PUSCH的功率。终端设备根据当前的传输配置，获得对应的功控参数可以参考相应的确定PUSCH功率的方法，如1.1中的描述。The terminal device obtains corresponding power control parameters according to the current transmission configuration, and calculates the power of the PUSCH based on the power control parameters. The terminal device obtains the corresponding power control parameter according to the current transmission configuration, and may refer to a corresponding method for determining the PUSCH power, as described in 1.1.

PH的计算可以基于以下公式：The calculation of PH can be based on the following formula:

PH _c(i)＝P _CMAX,c(i)-(10log ₁₀(M _PUSCH,c(i))+P _{O_PUSCH,c}(j)+α _c(j)·PL _c(k)+Δ _TF,c(i)+f _c(i,l)) PH _c (i)=P _CMAX,c (i)-(10log ₁₀ (M _PUSCH,c (i))+P _{O_PUSCH,c} (j)+α _c (j)·PL _c (k)+Δ _{TF, c} (i)+f _c (i,l))

4.2)情况二4.2) Situation 2

终端设备在时间单元i传输PUSCH，而且传输PUCCH。The terminal device transmits the PUSCH in time unit i and transmits the PUCCH.

对于这种情况，功率余量等于最大发射功率减去PUSCH的功率。但是由于此时还有PUCCH发送，一种可能的情况是，PUSCH占据部分符号，PUCCH占据部分符号，对于发送PUSCH和PUCCH分别会有不同的功率管理，可能会有不同的功率回退参数，这时可以按照PUSCH的功率管理参数来确定Pcmax，而不是根据PUCCH的功率管理参数来确定Pcmax。如下面的公式中，Pcmax的上标波浪线，表示了此时的Pcmax应该按照PUSCH的功率管理参数来确定。For this case, the power headroom is equal to the maximum transmit power minus the power of the PUSCH. However, since there is still PUCCH transmission at this time, one possible case is that the PUSCH occupies a partial symbol, the PUCCH occupies a partial symbol, and there are different power management for transmitting the PUSCH and the PUCCH, respectively, and there may be different power backoff parameters. Instead of determining the Pcmax based on the power management parameters of the PUCCH, the Pcmax may be determined according to the power management parameters of the PUSCH. As in the following formula, the superscript wavy line of Pcmax indicates that the Pcmax at this time should be determined according to the power management parameters of the PUSCH.

4.3)情况三4.3) Situation 3

该情况下，没有PUSCH发送或者不能确定PUSCH的发送。In this case, there is no PUSCH transmission or the transmission of the PUSCH cannot be determined.

可以基于第二参数，来确定对应的功率余量。此时功率余量的确定可以参考如前述1.3中的PUSCH功率的确定中的描述。A corresponding power headroom can be determined based on the second parameter. The determination of the power headroom at this time can be referred to the description in the determination of the PUSCH power as in the aforementioned 1.3.

功率余量的确定可以基于以下公式：The determination of the power headroom can be based on the following formula:

PH _c(i)＝P _CMAX,c(i)-(P _{O_PUSCH,c}(j ₀)+α _c(j ₀)·PL _c(k ₀)+f _c(i,l ₀)) PH _c (i)=P _CMAX,c (i)-(P _{O_PUSCH,c} (j ₀ )+α _c (j ₀ )·PL _c (k ₀ )+f _c (i,l ₀ ))

其中，第二参数的确定方法可以参考后续的描述。The method for determining the second parameter may refer to the subsequent description.

这时的Pcmax满足功率管理的要求，可以按照功率管理参数MPR＝0dB,A-MPR＝0dB,P-MPR＝0dB andΔT _C＝0dB的假设来计算。其中最大功率减少量(Maximum Power Reduction)MPR、额外最大功率减少量A-MPR、功率管理最大功率减少量(Power Management Maximum Power Reduction，P-MPR)、允许的工作带宽边缘传输功率松弛量ΔT _C等都是用于功率管理的参数。满足功率管理要求的Pcmax可以用Pcmax上加波浪线以示区分。 At this time, Pcmax satisfies the requirements of power management, and can be calculated according to the assumptions of power management parameters MPR=0dB, A-MPR=0dB, P-MPR=0dB and ΔT _C =0dB. Among them, Maximum Power Reduction (MPR), Extra Maximum Power Reduction A-MPR, Power Management Maximum Power Reduction (P-MPR), Allowable Operating Bandwidth Edge Transmission Power Relaxation ΔT _C These are all parameters for power management. The Pcmax that meets the power management requirements can be distinguished by adding a wavy line to Pcmax.

可选的，可以按照如下公式来计算：Optionally, it can be calculated as follows:

4-2 类型type 2的PH(或PHR)4-2 Type 2 PH (or PHR)

类型type 2的PH(或PHR)一般是用在PUSCH和PUCCH同时传输的时候，比如说在一个slot里PUSCH和PUCCH频分复用FDM。The PH (or PHR) of type type 2 is generally used when PUSCH and PUCCH are simultaneously transmitted, for example, PUSCH and PUCCH frequency division multiplexing FDM in one slot.

包括4.4)-4.7)四种情况：Including 4.4)-4.7) four cases:

4.4)情况四4.4) Situation 4

当终端设备在时间单元i传输PUSCH，而且同时传输PUCCH的时候。终端设备根据当前的传输配置，获得对应的功控参数，并基于功控参数，计算PUSCH和PUCCH的功率。获得功率控制参数的方法可以参考前述1.2中确定功率的方法中的描述。When the terminal device transmits the PUSCH in the time unit i and simultaneously transmits the PUCCH. The terminal device obtains corresponding power control parameters according to the current transmission configuration, and calculates powers of the PUSCH and the PUCCH based on the power control parameters. The method of obtaining the power control parameters can be referred to the description in the method of determining power in 1.2 above.

将最大功率减去PUSCH的功率和PUCCH的功率可以得到功率余量。The power margin can be obtained by subtracting the power of the PUSCH and the power of the PUCCH from the maximum power.

可选的，可以基于以下等式，确定功率余量：Alternatively, the power headroom can be determined based on the following equation:

4.5)情况五4.5) Situation 5

终端设备在时间单元i传输PUSCH，不传输PUCCH。The terminal device transmits the PUSCH in time unit i and does not transmit the PUCCH.

PUSCH的功率可以按照1.1)中的方式确定，PUCCH的功率可以基于第二参数确定。PUCCH的功率的确定可以参考2.2中的描述。The power of the PUSCH can be determined in the manner of 1.1), and the power of the PUCCH can be determined based on the second parameter. The determination of the power of the PUCCH can be referred to the description in 2.2.

可选的，PH(或PHR)可以基于以下公式中的一个确定。Alternatively, the PH (or PHR) can be determined based on one of the following formulas.

可选的，第二参数可以为网络设备指示的，或，取默认值，或由终端设备自行选择的。这种情况可以参考以下公式：Optionally, the second parameter may be indicated by the network device, or may be a default value, or may be selected by the terminal device. This situation can refer to the following formula:

或者，or,

PUCCH的第二参数可以根据PUSCH所使用的第一参数确定。The second parameter of the PUCCH may be determined according to the first parameter used by the PUSCH.

以下公式中，以PUCCH的第二参数的影响因子k和l和PUSCH的第一参数的影响因子k和l相同，PUCCH的第二参数的影响因子b ₀通过j关联得到，比如，b ₀和j对应相同的波束假设。 In the following formula, the influence factors k and l of the second parameter of the PUCCH are the same as the influence factors k and l of the first parameter of the PUSCH, and the influence factor b ₀ of the second parameter of the PUCCH is obtained by the association of j, for example, b ₀ and j corresponds to the same beam hypothesis.

其中，Pcmax按照PUSCH的功率管理要求来计算得到。或者，Pcmax按照PUSCH和PUCCH同时传输的功率管理要求得到。Among them, Pcmax is calculated according to the power management requirements of the PUSCH. Alternatively, Pcmax is obtained according to the power management requirements for simultaneous transmission of PUSCH and PUCCH.

4.6)情况六4.6) Situation 6

终端设备在时间单元i传输PUCCH，不传输PUSCH。The terminal device transmits the PUCCH in time unit i and does not transmit the PUSCH.

PUCCH的功率可以按照2.1)中的方式确定，PUSCH的功率可以基于第二参数确定。The power of the PUCCH can be determined in the manner of 2.1), and the power of the PUSCH can be determined based on the second parameter.

或者，or,

PUSCH的第二参数可以根据PUCCH所使用的第一参数确定。The second parameter of the PUSCH may be determined according to a first parameter used by the PUCCH.

以下公式中，以PUSCH的第二参数的影响因子k ₁和l ₁和PUCCH的第一参数的影响因子k ₁和l相同，PUSCH的第二参数的影响因子j ₀通过b关联得到，比如，j ₀和b对应相同的波束假设。 In the following formulas, a second parameter affecting factors to the PUSCH impact factor k ₁ _{l. 1} and the PUCCH and the first parameter k ₁ and l the same as the second parameter influencing factors for the PUSCH j ₀ B obtained by associating, for example, j ₀ and b correspond to the same beam hypothesis.

4.7)情况七4.7) Situation 7

终端设备在时间单元i不传输PUCCH，也不传输PUSCH。PUSCH、PUCCH的功率都可以根据第二参数确定。第二参数的确定方法可以参考后续的描述，在此不予赘述。The terminal device does not transmit the PUCCH in the time unit i, nor does it transmit the PUSCH. The power of PUSCH and PUCCH can be determined according to the second parameter. For the method for determining the second parameter, reference may be made to the subsequent description, and details are not described herein.

这种情况下，PUSCH的第二参数和PUCCH的第二参数可以满足相同的波束假设。以下公式中下标0表示相应的参数为第二参数。In this case, the second parameter of the PUSCH and the second parameter of the PUCCH can satisfy the same beam hypothesis. The subscript 0 in the following formula indicates that the corresponding parameter is the second parameter.

4-3 类型3的PH(或PHR)4-3 Type 3 PH (or PHR)

Type3的PH(或PHR)用于支持SRS切换switching，这种场景下，有的载波上只发SRS用于测量。Type 3 PH (or PHR) is used to support SRS handover switching. In this scenario, only SRS is used for measurement on the carrier.

包括如下4.8)-4.9)两种情况：Includes the following two cases: 4.8)-4.9):

4.8)情况八4.8) Situation eight

当前有SRS传输的时候，当前SRS的功率参数是确定的，可以按照当前的功率参数来获得SRS的功率。具体可以参考第3)点的描述。When there is currently SRS transmission, the power parameter of the current SRS is determined, and the power of the SRS can be obtained according to the current power parameter. For details, refer to the description of point 3).

可选的，可以基于以下公式获得PH(或PHR)。Alternatively, the PH (or PHR) can be obtained based on the following formula.

以下公式，以当前的SRS波束资源与测量资源k ₂对应为例： The following formula takes the current SRS beam resource corresponding to the measurement resource k ₂ as an example:

PH _c(i)＝P _CMAX,c(i)-(10log ₁₀(M _SRS,c)+P _{SRS_OFFSET}+P _{O_SRS,c}(m)+α _SRS,c·PL _c(k ₂)+h _SRS,c(i,l)) PH _c (i)=P _CMAX,c (i)-(10log ₁₀ (M _SRS,c )+P _{SRS_OFFSET} +P _{O_SRS,c} (m)+α _SRS,c ·PL _c (k ₂ )+h _{SRS, c} (i,l))

其中，SRS的偏移参数可以为0，这样可以把此参数去掉，公式为如下形式：The offset parameter of the SRS can be 0, so that the parameter can be removed. The formula is as follows:

PH _c(i)＝P _CMAX,c(i)-(10log ₁₀(M _SRS,c)+P _{O_SRS,c}(m)+α _SRS,c·PL _c(k ₂)+h _SRS,c(i,l ₂)) PH _c (i)=P _CMAX,c (i)-(10log ₁₀ (M _SRS,c )+P _{O_SRS,c} (m)+α _SRS,c ·PL _c (k ₂ )+h _SRS,c (i , l ₂ ))

可选的，若终端设备在时间单元内，发送SRS，不发送PUSCH，终端设备使用的Pcmax可以按照SRS的功率管理要求来计算得到。若终端设备在时间单元内，发送SRS，且发送PUSCH，终端设备使用的Pcmax可以按照SRS的功率管理要求来计算得到，或者按照PUSCH和SRS同时传输的功率管理要求得到。Optionally, if the terminal device sends the SRS in the time unit and does not send the PUSCH, the Pcmax used by the terminal device may be calculated according to the power management requirement of the SRS. If the terminal device transmits the SRS in the time unit and transmits the PUSCH, the Pcmax used by the terminal device may be calculated according to the power management requirement of the SRS, or may be obtained according to the power management requirements of the simultaneous transmission of the PUSCH and the SRS.

4.9)情况九4.9) Situation 9

终端设备不发送SRS时，终端设备可以根据第二参数来计算PH。When the terminal device does not send the SRS, the terminal device can calculate the PH according to the second parameter.

可选的，可以基于以下公式计算PH(或PHR)。Alternatively, the PH (or PHR) can be calculated based on the following formula.

PH _c(i)＝P _CMAX,c(i)-(P _{O_SRS,c}(m ₀)+α _SRS,c·PL _c(k ₀)+h _SRS,c(i,l ₀)) PH _c (i)=P _CMAX,c (i)-(P _{O_SRS,c} (m ₀ )+α _SRS,c ·PL _c (k ₀ )+h _SRS,c (i,l ₀ ))

此时，Pcmax满足功率管理的要求，可以按照功率管理参数MPR＝0dB,A-MPR＝0dB,P-MPR＝0dB andΔT _C＝0dB的假设来计算。 At this time, Pcmax satisfies the requirements of power management, and can be calculated according to the assumptions of power management parameters MPR=0dB, A-MPR=0dB, P-MPR=0dB and ΔT _C =0dB.

可选的，若终端设备在时间单元内，不发送SRS，但发送PUSCH，终端设备使用的Pcmax可以按照功率管理参数MPR＝0dB,A-MPR＝0dB,P-MPR＝0dB andΔT _C＝0dB的假设来计算，或者可以按照PUSCH传输假设对应的功率管理参数来计算。 Optionally, if the terminal device does not send the SRS in the time unit, but sends the PUSCH, the Pcmax used by the terminal device may be in accordance with the power management parameters MPR=0 dB, A-MPR=0 dB, P-MPR=0 dB and ΔT _C =0 dB. It is assumed to be calculated, or can be calculated according to the power management parameters corresponding to the PUSCH transmission hypothesis.

4-4 类型4的PH(或PHR)4-4 Type 4 PH (or PHR)

该类型的PH可以用于计算PUCCH相关的PH(或PHR)。This type of PH can be used to calculate the PUCCH related PH (or PHR).

可以包括以下4.10)-4.12)三种情况：It can include the following four cases: 4.10) - 4.12):

4.10)情况十4.10) Situation 10

在时间单元i内，PUSCH和PUCCH可以是在不重叠的时间资源上进行传输。PUCCH可以有多种格式，其中，一些格式的PUCCH占据的符号数较少，如1～2个OFDM符号，占据的频域资源可以比较大。根据PUCCH占据符号少的特征，这种格式的PUCCH称为短PUCCH。短PUCCH与PUSCH在一个时间单元内发送时，可以采用时分的方式，也就是PUSCH占据的OFDM符号与PUCCH占据的OFDM符号不同。由于这种PUCCH可以占据一部分带宽，所以这种PUCCH的带宽分配比较重要。这种情况下，需要计算PUCCH的PH。这种情况下，可以将PUCCH的功率从最大发射功率减去，得到功率余量。Within time unit i, the PUSCH and PUCCH may be transmitted on time resources that do not overlap. The PUCCH can have multiple formats, and the PUCCH of some formats occupies fewer symbols, such as 1 to 2 OFDM symbols, and the occupied frequency domain resources can be relatively large. The PUCCH of this format is referred to as a short PUCCH according to the feature that the PUCCH occupies less symbols. When the short PUCCH and the PUSCH are transmitted in one time unit, the time division manner may be adopted, that is, the OFDM symbol occupied by the PUSCH is different from the OFDM symbol occupied by the PUCCH. Since this PUCCH can occupy a part of the bandwidth, the bandwidth allocation of such PUCCH is important. In this case, the PH of the PUCCH needs to be calculated. In this case, the power of the PUCCH can be subtracted from the maximum transmit power to obtain a power headroom.

当只有PUCCH发送，没有PUSCH发送的时候，可以参考2.1中的描述。此时，终端设备可以获取当前的传输配置，获得对应的功控参数，并基于功控参数，计算PUCCH的功率。将最大功率减去PUCCH的功率可以得到功率余量。When only PUCCH is transmitted and there is no PUSCH transmission, refer to the description in 2.1. At this time, the terminal device can acquire the current transmission configuration, obtain the corresponding power control parameter, and calculate the power of the PUCCH based on the power control parameter. The power margin can be obtained by subtracting the power of the PUCCH from the maximum power.

可选的，可以基于如下公式确定相应的PH(或PHR)：Alternatively, the corresponding PH (or PHR) can be determined based on the following formula:

PH _c(i)＝P _CMAX,c(i)-(10log ₁₀(M _PUCCH,c(i))+P _{0_PUCCH}(b)+PL _c(k ₁)+Δ _{F_PUCCH}(F)+Δ _{PUCCH_TF,c}(i)+g(i,l ₁)) PH _c (i)=P _CMAX,c (i)-(10log ₁₀ (M _PUCCH,c (i))+P _{0_PUCCH} (b)+PL _c (k ₁ )+Δ _{F_PUCCH} (F)+Δ _{PUCCH_TF,c} (i)+g(i,l ₁ ))

此时，Pcmax应当满足功率管理的要求，可以按照只传输PUCCH的功率管理要求来计算。At this time, Pcmax should meet the requirements of power management and can be calculated according to the power management requirements for transmitting only PUCCH.

4.11)情况十一4.11) Situation XI

情形十是有PUCCH传输，没有PUSCH传输的场景。可以扩展到情形十一，有PUCCH传输，也有PUSCH传输的场景。此时的Pcmax可能会因为功率管理的因素而对于PUSCH和/或PUCCH有不同，这时可以规定按照PUSCH或者PUCCH之一的功率管理参数来确定Pcmax。情形十一的计算方法与情形十相同，不同之处是Pcmax的计算方式。Case 10 is a scenario where there is PUCCH transmission and no PUSCH transmission. It can be extended to case 11 with PUCCH transmission and PUSCH transmission. The Pcmax at this time may be different for the PUSCH and/or the PUCCH due to power management factors, and it may be specified that the Pcmax is determined according to the power management parameter of one of the PUSCH or the PUCCH. Case 11 is calculated in the same way as Case 10. The difference is the way Pcmax is calculated.

在这种情形下，Pcmax可以按照按照只有PUCCH传输的假设根据功率管理要求计算获得；或，Pcmax可以按照只有PUSCH传输的假设根据功率管理要求计算获得；或者，可以按照只有PUCCH传输假设的功率管理要求计算获得；In this case, Pcmax may be calculated according to the power management requirement according to the assumption that only the PUCCH transmission is performed; or, Pcmax may be calculated according to the power management requirement according to the assumption that only the PUSCH transmission is performed; or, the power management may be performed according to the PUCCH only transmission assumption. Require calculation to obtain;

可以对Pcmax进行波浪号标识来表达这里的功率管理要求。The tilde identification of Pcmax can be used to express the power management requirements here.

可选的，可以基于以下公式确定相应的PH(或PHR)：Alternatively, the corresponding PH (or PHR) can be determined based on the following formula:

4.12)情况十二4.12) Situation 12

终端设备在时间单元i没有PUCCH传输。The terminal device does not have PUCCH transmission in time unit i.

这时要计算PUCCH的功率余量，可以根据第二参数来计算。At this time, the power headroom of the PUCCH is calculated, which can be calculated according to the second parameter.

可选的，可以根据如下公式来确定PUCCH的PH(或PHR)。Alternatively, the PH (or PHR) of the PUCCH can be determined according to the following formula.

或者，因为这是针对传输短符号PUCCH的PH计算方法，在计算中，可以加入PUCCH的短符号格式的功率偏移：Or, because this is a PH calculation method for transmitting a short symbol PUCCH, in the calculation, the power offset of the short symbol format of the PUCCH can be added:

所述第二参数的确定可以参考后续的描述，在此不予赘述。For the determination of the second parameter, reference may be made to the subsequent description, and details are not described herein.

以上确定功率或功率余量的等式中，可能会出现至少一个参量的增减，或，系数的变化，在此不予限定。In the above equation for determining the power or power headroom, there may be an increase or decrease of at least one parameter, or a change in the coefficient, which is not limited herein.

在上述需要第二参数的场景中，终端设备可以默认地，或者根据网络设备指示地，不进行相应的PH的计算和/或上报。如果需要PH的计算和/或上报，可以参考以下描述的确定第二参数的方法。In the scenario where the second parameter is required, the terminal device may perform the calculation and/or reporting of the corresponding PH by default or according to the indication of the network device. If the calculation and/or reporting of the PH is required, reference may be made to the method of determining the second parameter as described below.

可以理解的是，以上公式中的参量对功率或功率余量的影响可以基于以上公式进行解耦，得到相应的根据所述参量中的一个或多个确定功率或功率余量的方法。这些参量的确定方法，也应理解为可以独立实施，也可以结合实施。在此不予赘述。It can be understood that the influence of the parameters in the above formula on the power or power headroom can be decoupled based on the above formula, and a corresponding method for determining the power or power headroom according to one or more of the parameters is obtained. The method of determining these parameters should also be understood to be either independent or combined. I will not repeat them here.

所述参量的含义可以参考前述的描述，在此不予赘述。For the meaning of the parameters, reference may be made to the foregoing description, and details are not described herein.

下面对以上功率确定或功率余量确定中第二参数的确定方法进行介绍。The method for determining the second parameter in the above power determination or power headroom determination is described below.

确定方法一，包括：Determine method one, including:

网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息，该指示信息指示上述至少两个第一参数中的一个；The network device sends indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information indicates one of the at least two first parameters;

终端设备基于所述指示信息确定第二参数。The terminal device determines the second parameter based on the indication information.

1、以第二参数为P _O或α为例。 1. Take the second parameter as P _O or α as an example.

依据前述的描述，j为P _{O_PUSCH}或α的影响因子；b为P _{O_PUCCH}的影响因子；m为P _{O_SRS}的影响因子。 Based on the foregoing description, j is P _{O_PUSCH} or influence factor α; B is a P _{O_PUCCH} impact factor; m is _P O_SRS impact factor.

可选的，Optional,

网络设备向终端设备配置j的索引与P _{O_PUSCH}和/或α之间的对应关系，和/或，b的索引与P _{O_PUCCH}之间的对应关系，和/或，m的索引与P _{O_SRS}(和/或α _SRS)的对应关系。 Network device correspondence between the correspondence relationship between the terminal equipment and the configuration index j P _{O_PUSCH} and / or [alpha], and / or, with the index of P _{O_PUCCH} b, and / or, m index and _P O_SRS (and / or α _SRS ) correspondence.

终端设备可以获得j的索引与P _{O_PUSCH}和/或α之间的对应关系，和/或，b的索引与P _{O_PUCCH}之间的对应关系，和/或，m的索引与P _{O_SRS}(和/或α _SRS)的对应关系。网络设备和终端设备对于所述对应关系有一致的理解。 Correspondence between the terminal device can obtain the index j with P _{O_PUSCH} and / or [alpha], the correspondence between and / or index and P _{O_PUCCH} b and / or, with the index m _P O_SRS (and / or The correspondence between α _SRS ). The network device and the terminal device have a consistent understanding of the correspondence.

其中，j的索引的总个数可以为J，b的索引的总个数可以为B，m的索引的总个数可以为M’。所述M’指的是SRS的标称功率的总个数，与带宽参数M区分。The total number of indexes of j may be J, and the total number of indexes of b may be B, and the total number of indexes of m may be M'. The M' refers to the total number of nominal powers of the SRS, which is distinguished from the bandwidth parameter M.

所述对应关系可以在协议中预定义或者通过配置获得，在网络设备和终端设备以表格，序列，公式或代码等形式存储，具体存储形式可以不予限定。The corresponding relationship may be predefined in the protocol or obtained through configuration. The network device and the terminal device are stored in the form of a table, a sequence, a formula or a code, and the specific storage form may not be limited.

由于P _O或α为开环参数，每个j或b或m的索引可以对应一组开环参数，该组开环参数可以包括P _O和/或α。这样，J可以指配置的PUSCH相关的开环参数组的总个数，一共配置J组。可选的，J可以为大于1的整数。B可以指配置的PUCCH相关的开环参数组的总个数，一共配置B组。M’可以指配置的SRS相关的开环参数组的总个数，一共配置M’组。 Since P _O or α is an open loop parameter, the index of each j or b or m may correspond to a set of open loop parameters, which may include P _O and/or α. Thus, J can refer to the total number of configured open-loop parameter groups related to PUSCH, and a total of J groups are configured. Alternatively, J can be an integer greater than one. B can refer to the total number of open loop parameter groups associated with the configured PUCCH, and a total of B groups are configured. M' can refer to the total number of configured open-loop parameter groups related to SRS, and a total of M' groups are configured.

如前述1.1)或2.1)中所描述的，网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息，所述配置信息指示用于动态调度的至少两个第一参数，第一参数为P _O或α。 As described in the aforementioned 1.1) or 2.1), the network device transmits configuration information to the terminal device, the configuration information indicating at least two first parameters for dynamic scheduling, the first parameter being P _O or α.

对于PUSCH，配置信息可以指示至少两个P _{O_PUSCH}和至少两个α； For the PUSCH, the configuration information may indicate at least two P _{O_PUSCH} and at least two α;

对于PUCCH，配置信息可以指示至少两个P _{O_PUCCH}。 For PUCCH, the configuration information may indicate at least two P _{O_PUCCHs} .

对于SRS，配置信息可以指示至少两个P _{O_SRS}(和/或α _SRS)。 For SRS, the configuration information may indicate at least two P _{O_SRSs} (and/or α _SRSs ).

终端设备收到至少两个第一参数的指示。The terminal device receives an indication of at least two first parameters.

可选的，所述配置信息指示用于动态调度的至少两个第一参数包括：Optionally, the configuration information indicates that the at least two first parameters used for dynamic scheduling include:

配置信息包括对应于至少两个第一参数的不同的j的索引或b的索引。The configuration information includes an index of the different j corresponding to at least two first parameters or an index of b.

如前所述，j或b为与传输方式和/或传输配置相关的参数。As mentioned before, j or b is a parameter related to the transmission mode and/or transmission configuration.

终端设备确定时间单元i所对应的P _O和/或α，可以通过接收网络设备的进一步指示来确定，比如通过PUSCH调度信息中所包括的j或b或m的索引来确定；也可以依据当前的传输方式和/或传输配置自行确定，比如基于numerology，波束信息，或，传输业务信息等中的至少一项进行确定。传输方式和/或传输配置可以携带在高层信令中，也可以携带在下行控制信息中。本申请的传输配置包括传输波束，传输波形(如循环前缀正交频分复用CP-OFDM、基于离散傅里叶变换扩展的正交频分复用DFT-S-OFDM等)，传输业务(如URLLC,eMBB等)，numerology，部分带宽BWP，载波，时域长度，时隙集合等中的至少一种。其中，波束信息可以通过SRS资源标识表示。 Determining, by the terminal device, P _O and/or α corresponding to the time unit i, may be determined by receiving a further indication of the network device, such as by using an index of j or b or m included in the PUSCH scheduling information; The transmission mode and/or transmission configuration is determined by itself, for example, based on at least one of numerology, beam information, or transmission service information. The transmission mode and/or the transmission configuration may be carried in the high layer signaling or may be carried in the downlink control information. The transmission configuration of the present application includes a transmission beam, a transmission waveform (such as cyclic prefix Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (CP-OFDM), Discrete Fourier Transform-based Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (DFT-S-OFDM), etc.), and a transmission service ( At least one of URLLC, eMBB, etc., numerology, partial bandwidth BWP, carrier, time domain length, time slot set, and the like. The beam information may be represented by an SRS resource identifier.

上述j或b或m与第一参数的对应关系，和/或，j或b或m与传输方式和/或传输配置的对应关系可以协议预定义，预先保存在网络设备和终端设备侧，也可以通过网络设备向终端设备配置。那么可能包括三种方式：Corresponding relationship between the above j or b or m and the first parameter, and/or the correspondence between the j or b or m and the transmission mode and/or the transmission configuration may be pre-defined by the protocol, and are pre-stored on the network device and the terminal device side, It can be configured to the terminal device through the network device. Then there may be three ways:

可能的方式一，所述配置信息还可以包括与所述至少两个第一参数的指示对应的至少两个第一参数。In a possible manner, the configuration information may further include at least two first parameters corresponding to the indications of the at least two first parameters.

可能的方式二，所述配置信息还可以包括与所述至少两个第一参数的指示对应的至少两个第一参数所对应的传输方式和/或传输配置信息(或传输方式和/或传输配置信息对应的索引或标识)。本申请中，索引，标识，取值，或，编号如无特别说明，可以表示类似的含义，可以相互替代。In a second mode, the configuration information may further include a transmission mode and/or transmission configuration information (or transmission mode and/or transmission) corresponding to the at least two first parameters corresponding to the indications of the at least two first parameters. The index or identifier corresponding to the configuration information). In the present application, the index, the identifier, the value, or the number may have similar meanings unless otherwise specified, and may be substituted for each other.

这样，网络设备可以给终端设备配置传输配置，用于功率和/或PH的计算。如网络设备可以给终端设备配置特定的同步信号SS，特定的SSB和/或CSI-RS资源、增强移动宽带eMBB业务、带宽部分BWP、numerology等。In this way, the network device can configure the terminal device with a transmission configuration for power and/or PH calculations. For example, the network device may configure the terminal device with a specific synchronization signal SS, a specific SSB and/or CSI-RS resource, an enhanced mobile broadband eMBB service, a bandwidth portion BWP, a numerology, and the like.

可能的方式三，所述配置信息还可以包括与所述至少两个第一参数的指示对应的至少两个第一参数及所对应的传输方式和/或传输配置信息(或传输方式和/或传输配置信息对应的索引或标识)。In a third mode, the configuration information may further include at least two first parameters corresponding to the indications of the at least two first parameters, and corresponding transmission modes and/or transmission configuration information (or transmission modes and/or Transfer the index or identifier corresponding to the configuration information).

结合以上三种方式中的一个，可选的，网络设备可以向终端设备发送指示信息，该指示信息指示第二参数；In combination with one of the foregoing three methods, the network device may send the indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information indicates the second parameter;

其中，第二参数用于时间单元i未用于传输传输上行数据信道，上行控制信道，或上行参考信号中至少一项时上行数据信道功率，上行控制信道功率，上行参考信号功率，或，功率余量中的至少一项的确定；The second parameter is used for the uplink data channel power, the uplink control channel power, the uplink reference signal power, or the power when the time unit i is not used for transmitting and transmitting the uplink data channel, the uplink control channel, or the uplink reference signal. Determination of at least one of the balances;

可选的，该指示信息可以为时间单元i未用于传输PUSCH时P _{O_PUSCH}和/或α对应的j的索引(也称编号或标识或取值)(简称为j ₀或参考j)，和/或，时间单元i未用于传输PUCCH时P _{O_PUCCH}对应的b的索引(也称编号或标识或取值)(简称为b ₀或参考b)，和/或，时间单元i未用于传输SRS时P _{O_SRS}对应的m的索引。 Optionally, the indication information may be an index (also referred to as a number or identifier or a value) of j (also referred to as j ₀ or reference j) corresponding to the time corresponding to P _{O_PUSCH} and/or α when the time unit i is not used for transmitting the PUSCH, and / or, the time unit i is not used to transmit the PUCCH index of b corresponding to P _{O_PUCCH} (also called number or identity or value) (abbreviated as b ₀ or reference b), and / or, time unit i is not used for transmission The index of m corresponding to P _{O_SRS} at the time of SRS.

可选的，该指示信息可以为时间单元i未用于传输PUSCH时P _{O_PUSCH}和/或α对应的传输方式和/或传输配置信息(或索引)，和/或，时间单元i未用于传输PUCCH时P _{O_PUCCH}对应传输配置信息(或索引)，和/或，时间单元i未用于传输SRS时P _{O_SRS}(和/或α _SRS)对应传输配置信息(或索引)。 Optionally, the indication information may be a transmission mode and/or transmission configuration information (or index) corresponding to P _{O_PUSCH} and/or α when the time unit i is not used for transmitting the PUSCH, and/or, the time unit i is not used for transmission. At the PUCCH, P _{O_PUCCH} corresponds to transmission configuration information (or index), and/or, when time unit i is not used to transmit SRS, P _{O_SRS} (and/or α _SRS ) corresponds to transmission configuration information (or index).

可选的，所述指示信息也包括在所述配置信息中。Optionally, the indication information is also included in the configuration information.

可选的，所述第二参数为所述至少两个第一参数中的一个。也即，时间单元i未用于传输PUSCH时P _{O_PUSCH}和/或α对应的j的索引可以为前述配置信息所包括的j的索引中的一个。类似的，时间单元i未用于传输PUCCH时P _{O_PUCCH}对应的b的索引可以为前述配置信息所包括的b的索引中的一个。时间单元i未用于传输SRS时P _{O_SRS}(和/或α _SRS)对应的m的索引可以为前述配置信息所包括的m的索引中的一个 Optionally, the second parameter is one of the at least two first parameters. That is, the index of j corresponding to P _{O_PUSCH} and/or α when the time unit i is not used for transmitting the PUSCH may be one of the indexes of j included in the foregoing configuration information. Similarly, the index of b corresponding to the P _{O_PUCCH} when the time unit i is not used for transmitting the PUCCH may be one of the indexes of b included in the foregoing configuration information. The index of m corresponding to P _{O_SRS} (and/or α _SRS ) when the time unit i is not used for transmitting the SRS may be one of the indexes of m included in the foregoing configuration information.

这样，终端设备可以根据j和/或b和/或m的值，或者，传输方式和/或传输配置信息(或索引)，确定第二参数，进而确定时间单元i上的PUSCH的功率，PUCCH的功率，SRS的功率，或功率余量中的至少一项。In this way, the terminal device can determine the second parameter according to the value of j and/or b and/or m, or the transmission mode and/or the transmission configuration information (or index), thereby determining the power of the PUSCH on the time unit i, PUCCH At least one of power, SRS power, or power headroom.

以指示信息指示j的索引且所述指示信息包括在所述配置信息中为例，相应的协议描述可以如下，其中，信元(或字段)Jforvirtual为用于指示时间单元i未用于传输PUSCH时P _{O_PUSCH}和/或α(本申请中，P _O也称为p0，α也称为alpha)对应的j的索引的指示信息。其中，j的索引中的部分，如j＝0,1,2(J大于2)，对应动态调度时用于功率控制的P _{O_PUSCH}和/或α，而Jforvirtual的取值可以为对应动态调度的j中的一个，如0，1，2中的一个，具体的取值可以依据需要确定。 Taking the index indicating the information indicating j and the indication information being included in the configuration information as an example, the corresponding protocol description may be as follows, wherein the cell (or field) Jforvirtual is used to indicate that the time unit i is not used for transmitting the PUSCH The indication information of the index of j corresponding to P _{O_PUSCH} and/or α (in the present application, P _O is also referred to as p0, α is also referred to as alpha). Wherein, the part of the index of j, such as j=0, 1, 2 (J is greater than 2), corresponding to P _{O_PUSCH} and/or α for power control during dynamic scheduling, and the value of Jforvirtual may be corresponding to dynamic scheduling One of j, such as one of 0, 1, 2, the specific value can be determined according to needs.

以指示信息指示传输方式和/或传输配置信息且所述指示信息包括在所述配置信息中为例，相应的协议描述可以如下，其中，信元(或字段)Propertyforvirtual为用于指示时间单元i未用于传输PUSCH时P _{O_PUSCH}和/或α对应的传输方式和/或传输配置信息。配置信息还包括了j的索引，j对应的P _{O_PUSCH}和/或α(p0，alpha)，以及对应的传输方式和/或传输配置信息(Property)。其中，j的索引中的部分，如j＝0,1,2(J大于2)，对应动态调度时用于功率控制的P _{O_PUSCH}和/或α，而Propertyforvirtual中的传输方式和/或传输配置信息可以为对应动态调度的传输配置中的一个，如j＝0，1，2中的一个所对应的传输方式和/或传输配置信息，具体j的取值可以依据需要确定。 The indication information indicates the transmission mode and/or the transmission configuration information, and the indication information is included in the configuration information as an example. The corresponding protocol description may be as follows, where the cell (or field) Propertyforvirtual is used to indicate the time unit i The transmission mode and/or transmission configuration information corresponding to P _{O_PUSCH} and/or α when the PUSCH is not used for transmission. The configuration information also includes the index of j, the P _{O_PUSCH} and/or α(p0, alpha) corresponding to j, and the corresponding transmission mode and/or transmission configuration information (Property). Where the part of the index of j, such as j=0, 1, 2 (J is greater than 2), corresponding to P _{O_PUSCH} and/or α for power control during dynamic scheduling, and the transmission mode and/or transmission configuration in Propertyforvirtual The information may be one of the transmission configurations corresponding to the dynamic scheduling, such as the transmission mode and/or the transmission configuration information corresponding to one of j=0, 1, 2, and the value of the specific j may be determined according to requirements.

2、以第二参数为PL为例。2. Take the second parameter as PL as an example.

通常，终端设备的PL基于网络设备所配置的用于路径损耗测量的资源信息得到。Generally, the PL of the terminal device is obtained based on resource information configured for the path loss measurement by the network device.

根据前述的描述，k与测量路径损耗的参考信号(RS)的资源有对应关系；According to the foregoing description, k has a correspondence relationship with a resource of a reference signal (RS) for measuring path loss;

具体的，k的下标0,1,2…(也称为索引)等可以对应于不同的测量路径损耗的参数信号(RS)的资源。Specifically, the subscript 0, 1, 2, ... (also referred to as an index) of k may correspond to resources of different parameter paths (RS) for measuring path loss.

可选的，网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息，所述配置信息指示对应于动态调度的至少两个第一参数，所述第一参数为测量路径损耗的资源的信息。Optionally, the network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information indicates at least two first parameters corresponding to dynamic scheduling, where the first parameter is information of a resource that measures path loss.

可选的，所述测量路径损耗的资源的信息可以为测量路径损耗的参考信号的资源的信息，如参考信号的资源的标识。Optionally, the information about the resource that measures the path loss may be information about a resource of a reference signal that measures path loss, such as an identifier of a resource of the reference signal.

可能的方式一，所述配置信息可以包括所述测量路径损耗的资源的信息。In a possible manner, the configuration information may include information about the resource that measures path loss.

可能的方式二，所述配置信息可以包括对应所述测量路径损耗的资源的信息的k的索引。In a possible manner, the configuration information may include an index of k corresponding to the information of the resource that measures the path loss.

这种情况下，k的索引与测量路径损耗的资源的信息的对应关系可以预先定义，并保存于网络设备和终端设备中。In this case, the correspondence between the index of k and the information of the resource that measures the path loss may be defined in advance and stored in the network device and the terminal device.

可选的，k的索引与测量路径损耗的资源的信息的对应关系也可以由网络设备配置给终端设备，比如，可能的方式三，在配置信息中既包括所述测量路径损耗的资源的信息，又包括对应所述测量路径损耗的资源的信息的k的索引。Optionally, the mapping between the index of the resource and the information of the resource that is used to measure the path loss may also be configured by the network device to the terminal device. For example, in the third manner, the information about the resource that measures the path loss is included in the configuration information. And, in addition, an index of k corresponding to the information of the resource that measures the path loss.

可选的，测量路径损耗的资源的信息可以为信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS资源信息。Optionally, the information of the resource that measures the path loss may be channel state information reference signal CSI-RS resource information.

可能的方式四，测量路径损耗的资源的信息还可以和波束信息，比如下行波束信息或上行波束信息之间有对应关系。In a possible manner, the information of the resource for measuring the path loss may also be related to the beam information, such as the downlink beam information or the uplink beam information.

这样，测量路径损耗的资源的信息和波束信息的对应关系预先定义或者由网络设备配置给终端设备的情况下，所述配置信息可以包括波束信息，该波束信息与测量路径损耗的资源的信息具有对应关系。In this way, in a case where the correspondence between the information of the resource for measuring the path loss and the beam information is defined in advance or configured by the network device to the terminal device, the configuration information may include beam information, and the information of the beam information and the resource for measuring the path loss has Correspondence relationship.

结合以上可能的方式一，二，三，四中的一个，确定PL的方法可以包括：In combination with one of the possible modes one, two, three, and four, the method of determining the PL may include:

网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息，该指示信息指示上述至少两个第一参数中的一个。The network device sends indication information to the terminal device, the indication information indicating one of the at least two first parameters.

这样，终端设备基于所述指示信息，确定时间单元i未用于传输上行数据信道，上行控制信道，或上行参考信号中至少一项时的第二参数(也称为参考PL)。In this way, the terminal device determines, based on the indication information, a second parameter (also referred to as a reference PL) when the time unit i is not used to transmit at least one of an uplink data channel, an uplink control channel, or an uplink reference signal.

进一步的，终端设备可以基于所述第二参数确定时间单元i上上行数据信道功率，上行控制信道功率，上行参考信号功率，或，功率余量中的至少一项。Further, the terminal device may determine, according to the second parameter, at least one of uplink data channel power, uplink control channel power, uplink reference signal power, or power headroom on the time unit i.

可选的，指示信息可以包括k的索引，或者，测量路径损耗的资源的信息，或者，波束信息中的至少一个。Optionally, the indication information may include an index of k, or information of a resource that measures path loss, or at least one of beam information.

可选的，第二参数所对应的可以是CSI-RS资源信息。实际***中，网络设备可以发送CSI-RS资源对应的CSI-RS，所述CSI-RS以覆盖优先的方式处理，比如，不对所述CSI-RS资源对应的CSI-RS进行波束成型。这样，终端设备计算PH的路径损耗可能会比真实传输的路径损耗大，导致PH的结果偏低，使得网络设备决策给终端设备配置较少的资源，使得***的资源利用率偏低；或者，第二参数所对应的CSI-RS资源信息对应的是一个经过波束赋形BF-ed的CSI-RS，这样，可以避免前述的资源利用率偏低的问题。但终端设备用于计算PH的路损的测量资源的波束成型可能会和真实传输数据时的测量资源的波束成型不同，由于波束的增益高，可能这两者资源之间的路损会有比较大的差别，这样也可能造成网络设备配置资源的偏高或偏低。Optionally, the second parameter may be CSI-RS resource information. In an actual system, the network device may send a CSI-RS corresponding to the CSI-RS resource, and the CSI-RS is processed in an overlay priority manner, for example, the CSI-RS corresponding to the CSI-RS resource is not beamformed. In this way, the path loss of the PH calculated by the terminal device may be larger than the path loss of the real transmission, resulting in a low PH result, so that the network device determines that the terminal device is configured with less resources, so that the resource utilization of the system is low; or The CSI-RS resource information corresponding to the second parameter corresponds to a CSI-RS that is beamformed BF-ed, so that the aforementioned problem of low resource utilization can be avoided. However, the beamforming of the measurement resources used by the terminal equipment to calculate the path loss of the PH may be different from the beamforming of the measurement resources when the data is actually transmitted. Since the gain of the beam is high, the path loss between the two resources may be compared. Large differences, which may also cause the network device configuration resources to be higher or lower.

可选的，第二参数所对应的波束信息可以为下行波束信息，比如，同步信号块SSB的时间索引(time index)。Optionally, the beam information corresponding to the second parameter may be downlink beam information, for example, a time index of the synchronization signal block SSB.

这样，通过网络设备指示给终端设备特定的SSB，如时域编号(也称时间索引)，所述时域编号可以是SSB所在的OFDM符号编号。使得终端设备通过在特定符号编号对应的SSB上测出的参考信号接收功率RSRP，来获得第二参数(PL)的值。因为一般来说网络设备会对SSB采用波束增益比较低而波束覆盖比较宽的波束成型技术，而终端设备真实数据传输的波束可以是在所述SSB覆盖范围内的波束增益更高的波束。这样终端设备按照所述特定的SSB计算的路径损耗，与终端设备真实数据传输的路径损耗，差别比较小。In this way, the SSB specified by the network device to the terminal device, such as a time domain number (also referred to as a time index), may be the OFDM symbol number in which the SSB is located. The value of the second parameter (PL) is obtained by causing the terminal device to receive the power RSRP by the reference signal measured on the SSB corresponding to the specific symbol number. Generally, the network device uses a beamforming technology with a relatively low beam gain and a relatively wide beam coverage for the SSB, and the beam of the real data transmission of the terminal device may be a beam with a higher beam gain within the coverage of the SSB. In this way, the path loss calculated by the terminal device according to the specific SSB is smaller than the path loss of the real data transmission of the terminal device.

可选的，该波束信息可以为上行波束信息，比如上行PUSCH波束的信息。上行波束信息可以用SRS资源来指示，如通过SRS的资源编号来指示，或者，可以通过CSI-RS的资源编号来指示。Optionally, the beam information may be uplink beam information, such as information of an uplink PUSCH beam. The uplink beam information may be indicated by an SRS resource, as indicated by a resource number of the SRS, or may be indicated by a resource number of the CSI-RS.

这样，网络设备可以通过指示给终端设备特定的PUSCH波束，如特定的SRS资源标识SRS resource index(SRI)。In this way, the network device can identify the SRS resource index (SRI) by indicating a specific PUSCH beam to the terminal device, such as a specific SRS resource.

可选的，网络设备可以给终端设备指示下行传输所使用的波束资源，终端设备利用下行传输的波束资源和上行传输的波束资源之间的对应关系，将下行传输所使用的波束资源作为确定第二参数的参考。如，终端设备将下行传输所使用的波束资源作为确定第二参数的参考对应的下行信号来测量路径损耗。进一步的，终端设备用所述路径损耗作为第二参数来计算功率或PH。这样可以使得，在终端设备通过和下行接收对称的上行波束进行上行传输时的PH是合理的。这样，在没有上行的波束资源指示时，UE还可能有下行波束指示，UE可以充分利用下行的波束指示来获得测量路径损耗的测量资源。Optionally, the network device may indicate, to the terminal device, the beam resource used in the downlink transmission, and the terminal device uses the corresponding relationship between the downlink transmission beam resource and the uplink transmitted beam resource to determine the beam resource used in the downlink transmission. Reference to the two parameters. For example, the terminal device measures the path loss by using the beam resource used for the downlink transmission as a downlink signal corresponding to the reference for determining the second parameter. Further, the terminal device calculates the power or PH by using the path loss as a second parameter. In this way, the PH at the time when the terminal device performs uplink transmission by receiving the symmetric uplink beam and downlink is reasonable. In this way, when there is no indication of the uplink beam resources, the UE may also have a downlink beam indication, and the UE may fully utilize the downlink beam indication to obtain the measurement resource for measuring the path loss.

3、以第二参数为f，g，和/或h为例。3. Take the second parameter as f, g, and/or h as an example.

和第1点中确定P _O或α类似，根据前述的描述，l为f，g，和/或h的影响因子。 Similar to the determination of P _O or α in the first point, according to the foregoing description, l is an influence factor of f, g, and/or h.

可选的，网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息，所述配置信息指示用于动态调度的至少两个第一参数，第一参数为f，g，和/或h。Optionally, the network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information indicates at least two first parameters for dynamic scheduling, where the first parameter is f, g, and/or h.

对于PUSCH，配置信息可以指示至少两个f；For the PUSCH, the configuration information may indicate at least two f;

对于PUCCH，配置信息可以指示至少两个g；For PUCCH, the configuration information may indicate at least two g;

对于SRS，配置配置信息可以指示至少两个h。For SRS, configuration configuration information may indicate at least two h.

可选的，l的索引和f，g，和/或h有对应关系，该对应关系可以协议预定义，预先保存在网络设备和终端设备侧，也可以通过网络设备向终端设备配置。Optionally, the index of the l has a corresponding relationship with the f, g, and/or h. The corresponding relationship may be pre-defined by the protocol, and may be pre-stored on the network device and the terminal device side, or may be configured to the terminal device by using the network device.

可选的，所述配置信息指示用于动态调度的至少两个第一参数，可以包括：Optionally, the configuration information indicates at least two first parameters that are used for dynamic scheduling, and may include:

配置信息包括对应于动态调度的至少两个第一参数的l的索引。The configuration information includes an index of l corresponding to at least two first parameters of the dynamic scheduling.

可选的，配置信息还可以包括l的索引对应的至少两个第一参数。Optionally, the configuration information may further include at least two first parameters corresponding to the index of 1.

这样，确定第二参数的方法可以包括：Thus, the method of determining the second parameter can include:

网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息，该指示信息指示第二参数；The network device sends indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information indicates the second parameter;

可选的，该指示信息可以为第二参数对应的l的索引。Optionally, the indication information may be an index of 1 corresponding to the second parameter.

可选的，所述指示信息可以包括在所述配置信息中，或者，也可以不包括在所述配置信息中。Optionally, the indication information may be included in the configuration information, or may not be included in the configuration information.

可选的，所述第二参数为所述至少两个第一参数中的一个。Optionally, the second parameter is one of the at least two first parameters.

可选的，以上协议描述是以指示至少两个第一参数的配置信息包括所述第二参数的指示信息为例，所述第二参数的指示信息也可以与所述配置信息承载在不同的信令中。该信令可以通过RRC信令发送，也可以通过MAC CE发送。Optionally, the foregoing protocol description is performed by using the indication information that the configuration information of the at least two first parameters includes the second parameter, and the indication information of the second parameter may also be different from the configuration information. In the signaling. The signaling may be sent through RRC signaling or through a MAC CE.

作为本确定方法一的另一种可能的方式，网络设备向终端设备指示第二参数的值。As another possible manner of the determining method 1, the network device indicates the value of the second parameter to the terminal device.

该第二参数可以为至少两个第一参数中的一个，也可以与至少两个第一参数均不同。The second parameter may be one of at least two first parameters, or may be different from at least two first parameters.

比如，网络设备可以指示alpha＝1作为第二参数。For example, the network device can indicate alpha=1 as the second parameter.

可选的，本确定方法一中，网络设备所指示的至少两个第一参数中的一个或第二参数的值可以与终端设备的能力和/或终端设备偏好的第二参数相关，比如，网络设备可以根据终端设备对传输业务、传输波束等能力的支持水平，或，终端设备偏好的第二参数，来确定指示给终端设备的至少两个第一参数中的一个或第二参数的值。Optionally, in the determining method 1, the value of one or the second parameter of the at least two first parameters indicated by the network device may be related to the capability of the terminal device and/or the second parameter of the terminal device preference, for example, The network device may determine the value of one or the second parameter of the at least two first parameters indicated to the terminal device according to the support level of the terminal device for the capability of transmitting the service, the transmission beam, and the like, or the second parameter of the terminal device preference. .

这种情况下，可选的，终端设备可以将其传输业务和/或传输波束等能力的支持进行上报，和/或，终端设备可以将其偏好的第二参数通知给网络设备，具体通知方式可以参考前述第一参数的直接或间接的指示方式，在此不予赘述。In this case, optionally, the terminal device may report the support of its transmission service and/or transmission beam, and/or the terminal device may notify the network device of the second parameter of its preference, and the specific notification manner Reference may be made to the direct or indirect indication of the foregoing first parameter, and details are not described herein.

确定方法一中通过指示的方式确定第二参数，网络设备可以对终端设备确定功率或功率余量使用的参数有明确的理解，并且可以在需要改变参数的时候，要求终端设备以新的参数值来计算，保证能够有一定的网络设备可控性，便于网络设备给不同需求、场景的终端设备进行差异化的配置。Determining the second parameter by means of the indication method in the first method, the network device can have a clear understanding of the parameter used by the terminal device to determine the power or power headroom, and can require the terminal device to use the new parameter value when the parameter needs to be changed. To calculate, to ensure that there is a certain network device controllability, it is convenient for the network device to differentiate the terminal devices of different needs and scenarios.

确定方法二，Determine method two,

终端设备在未用于传输上行数据信道，上行控制信道或上行参考信号中的至少一项的时间单元i上基于之前最近一次动态调度时所使用的第一参数或第一参数对应的影响因子，如j，b，m，k或l中的至少一个，或与第一参数对应的其他信息，如传输方式和/或传输配置信息，波束信息等，确定时间单元i上的第二参数。The terminal device is based on an impact factor corresponding to the first parameter or the first parameter used in the previous dynamic scheduling on the time unit i that is not used to transmit at least one of the uplink data channel, the uplink control channel, or the uplink reference signal, A second parameter on time unit i is determined, such as at least one of j, b, m, k or l, or other information corresponding to the first parameter, such as transmission mode and/or transmission configuration information, beam information, and the like.

可选的，将之前最近一次动态调度时，传输PUSCH时确定PUSCH功率所使用的所使用的j的信息作为j ₀，和/或，传输PUCCH时确定PUCCH功率所使用的b的信息作为b ₀，和/或，传输SRS时确定SRS功率所使用的m的信息作为m ₀，和/或，确定PL所使用的k的信息作为k ₀，和/或，确定f，g，和/或，h所使用的l的信息作为l ₀。 Optionally, when the last dynamic scheduling is performed, the information of the used j used to determine the PUSCH power when transmitting the PUSCH is used as j ₀ , and/or the information of b used for determining the PUCCH power when transmitting the PUCCH is used as b ₀ And/or information identifying the m used by the SRS power as the m ₀ when transmitting the SRS, and/or determining the information of k used by the PL as k ₀ , and/or determining f, g, and/or, The information of l used by h is taken as l ₀ .

进而，根据j ₀，b ₀，m ₀，k ₀，l ₀中的至少一项确定时间单元i上的第二参数。 Further, the second parameter on the time unit i is determined according to at least one of j ₀ , b ₀ , m ₀ , k ₀ , l ₀ .

其中，最近一次动态调度时，j，b，m，k或l中的至少一个可以通过网络设备发送给终端设备的下行控制信息指示。可选的，可以直接携带所使用的j，b，m，k或l的信息，或者，通过其他信息间接指示j，b，m，k或l的信息。比如，通过传输方式和/或传输配置信息间接指示j，b，或m的值，通过波束信息间接指示k的信息。间接指示这部分的方案可以参考确定方法一中的描述，在此不予赘述。The last time the dynamic scheduling, at least one of j, b, m, k or l can be indicated by the downlink control information sent by the network device to the terminal device. Optionally, the information of j, b, m, k or l used may be directly carried, or the information of j, b, m, k or l may be indirectly indicated by other information. For example, the value of j, b, or m is indirectly indicated by the transmission mode and/or the transmission configuration information, and the information of k is indirectly indicated by the beam information. The scheme for indirectly indicating this part can refer to the description in the first method, and will not be described here.

终端设备按照最近一次的波束所对应的测量资源来确定PL，或是根据最近一次的k的值来确定PL可以提高PL的准确性。所述测量资源可以是SSB或CSI-RS资源。原因在于，当终端设备未收到时间单元i对应波束指示时，终端设备可以按照之前的波束进行接收和/或发送。这样的波束对于终端设备当前可能的传输，是比较稳定的。这种情况下，终端设备虽然没有收到上行调度信息(也称为UL grant)，但此时终端设备仍然保持之前的多个PL(k)的计算，这时由于终端设备依然按照之前的假设形成接收波束，因此，基于最近一次使用的k或k对应的测量资源所计算出来的PL更加准确。可选的，终端设备和网络设备应对最近一次的波束有一致的理解。The terminal device determines the PL according to the measurement resource corresponding to the latest beam, or determines the PL according to the value of the last time k to improve the accuracy of the PL. The measurement resource may be an SSB or a CSI-RS resource. The reason is that when the terminal device does not receive the corresponding beam indication of the time unit i, the terminal device can receive and/or transmit according to the previous beam. Such a beam is relatively stable for the currently possible transmission of the terminal device. In this case, although the terminal device does not receive the uplink scheduling information (also referred to as UL grant), the terminal device still maintains the previous calculation of multiple PL(k) at this time, because the terminal device still follows the previous assumption. The reception beam is formed, and therefore, the PL calculated based on the measurement resource corresponding to the last used k or k is more accurate. Optionally, the terminal device and the network device should have a consistent understanding of the most recent beam.

确定方法三，Determine method three,

与确定方法二类似，确定方法二中，终端设备是基于使用最近一次动态调度使用的第一参数(或第一参数对应的影响因子或与第一参数对应的其他信息，如传输方式和/或传输配置信息，和/或，波束信息)确定第二参数。Similar to the determining method 2, in the determining method 2, the terminal device is based on the first parameter used by the latest dynamic scheduling (or the impact factor corresponding to the first parameter or other information corresponding to the first parameter, such as transmission mode and/or The transmission configuration information, and/or the beam information) determines the second parameter.

在该确定方法三中，终端设备根据协议预定义基于至少两个第一参数中的一个确定第二参数。In the determining method three, the terminal device determines the second parameter based on one of the at least two first parameters according to a protocol predefined.

可选的，针对上述每种第一参数，都可以应用该确定方法三，也可以针对上述各种第一参数中的部分，应用该确定方法三。这样方式下，网络设备可以对默认的传输特性至少配置一组参数。Optionally, the determining method 3 may be applied to each of the foregoing first parameters, and the determining method 3 may be applied to the part of the foregoing various first parameters. In this way, the network device can configure at least one set of parameters for the default transmission characteristics.

比如，终端设备可以按照默认的一组第一参数来计算PH。这种方式下，终端设备收到该默认的第一参数(参考第一参数)即可计算PH，而无需接收前述的至少两组(两个)第一参数。此外，该默认(预定义)的第一参数可以为一个服务小区的一个载波对应的参考第一参数。当存在多个服务小区，和/或，多个载波时，每个载波均可以有其对应的参考第一参数。即本方式可以与服务小区和/或载波的确定相结合。可选的，载波可以通过传输配置信息来指示，也可以仅有一个载波(即无需指示)和/或，仅有一个服务小区。具体可以参考本申请中其他部分的描述。可选的，协议可以预定义用于确定第二参数的第一参数，或，第一参数的影响因子，或，与第一参数相对应的其他信息，比如传输方式和/或传输配置信息，和/或，波束信息等。For example, the terminal device can calculate the PH according to a default set of first parameters. In this manner, the terminal device can calculate the PH by receiving the default first parameter (refer to the first parameter) without receiving at least two (two) first parameters of the foregoing. In addition, the default (predefined) first parameter may be a reference first parameter corresponding to one carrier of one serving cell. When there are multiple serving cells, and/or multiple carriers, each carrier may have its corresponding reference first parameter. That is, the mode can be combined with the determination of the serving cell and/or carrier. Optionally, the carrier may be indicated by transmitting configuration information, or may have only one carrier (ie, no indication) and/or only one serving cell. For details, refer to the descriptions of other parts in this application. Optionally, the protocol may pre-define a first parameter used to determine the second parameter, or an impact factor of the first parameter, or other information corresponding to the first parameter, such as a transmission mode and/or a transmission configuration information, And/or, beam information, etc.

比如，在J>＝3，可以默认j的一个特定值，如j＝3，所对应的第一参数作为第二参数。For example, in J>=3, a specific value of j can be defaulted, such as j=3, and the corresponding first parameter is used as the second parameter.

比如，默认按照特定的传输配置来计算PH。比如，终端设备可以按照预先定义好的测量资源的资源编号，来进行PH的计算。所述测量资源可以是SSB或CSI-RS资源。在这种方式中，网络设备不发送信息给终端设备告知哪一个(或组)第一参数作为默认参数。终端设备的实现比较简单，但不能兼容不同终端设备的能力和需求。For example, the PH is calculated by default according to a specific transmission configuration. For example, the terminal device can perform PH calculation according to the resource number of the predefined measurement resource. The measurement resource may be an SSB or a CSI-RS resource. In this manner, the network device does not send information to the terminal device to inform which (or group) of the first parameter is the default parameter. The implementation of the terminal device is relatively simple, but it is not compatible with the capabilities and requirements of different terminal devices.

可选的，协议预定义的确定第二参数PL的资源可以是本服务小区上的，也可以是其他服务小区上的。Optionally, the resource that is predefined by the protocol and determines the second parameter PL may be on the serving cell or on another serving cell.

确定方法四，Determine method four,

以上确定方法一至三都是以网络设备指示或协议预定义为基础。The above determination methods one to three are based on network device indication or protocol pre-definition.

该确定方法四中，可以由终端设备自己选择所使用的第二参数。In the determining method four, the second parameter used can be selected by the terminal device itself.

可选的，终端设备可以将自己所使用的第二参数所对应的信息告知网络设备。Optionally, the terminal device may notify the network device of the information corresponding to the second parameter used by the terminal device.

可选的，针对上述每种第二参数，都可以应用该确定方法四，也可以针对上述各种第二参数中的部分，应用该确定方法四。Optionally, the determining method 4 may be applied to each of the foregoing second parameters, and the determining method 4 may be applied to the part of the foregoing various second parameters.

比如，终端设备可以自己选择使用的是哪个p0,alpha，PL相关信息(如PL测量的资源信息，或，波束信息)，和/或，f/g/h。可选的，可以在收到的配置信息所指示的至少两个p0和/或alpha，PL，和/或f/g/h中进行选择。For example, the terminal device can choose which p0, alpha, PL related information (such as PL measured resource information, or beam information), and/or f/g/h. Optionally, the selection may be made in at least two p0 and/or alpha, PL, and/or f/g/h indicated by the received configuration information.

进一步的，终端设备需要将所选择的p0，alpha，PL相关信息(如PL测量的资源信息，或，波束信息)，和/或，f/g/h中的至少一项对应的信息告知网络设备，比如，终端设备可以将使用的j/b/m/k/l、具体的p0/alpha/PL相关信息/f/g/h的值、或，对应的传输方式和/或传输配置信息中的至少一项告知网络设备。可选的，终端设备可以在上报PHR的时候同时上报这些信息。Further, the terminal device needs to inform the network of the information corresponding to at least one of the selected p0, alpha, PL related information (such as PL measured resource information, or beam information), and/or f/g/h. The device, for example, the j/b/m/k/l, the specific p0/alpha/PL related information/f/g/h value, or the corresponding transmission mode and/or transmission configuration information that the terminal device can use. At least one of the notifications informs the network device. Optionally, the terminal device can report the information at the same time when reporting the PHR.

终端设备可以选择终端设备认为合适的波束资源。所述波束资源对应了j/b/m/k/l。可选的，所述所述波束资源可以对应测量资源。基于所述波束资源，终端设备可以确定第二参数PL的值。The terminal device can select a beam resource that the terminal device considers appropriate. The beam resource corresponds to j/b/m/k/l. Optionally, the beam resource may correspond to a measurement resource. Based on the beam resources, the terminal device can determine the value of the second parameter PL.

终端设备可以基于以下方式之一或多项的结合来确定用于确定参考PL的PL相关信息，进而根据该PL相关信息确定参考PL：The terminal device may determine PL related information for determining the reference PL based on a combination of one or more of the following manners, and thereby determine the reference PL based on the PL related information:

A，选择波束资源对应的路损变化超过了门限值的；A, the path loss corresponding to the selected beam resource exceeds the threshold;

B，选择波束资源对应的路损变化未超过了门限值的；B, the path loss corresponding to the selected beam resource does not exceed the threshold;

C，选择波束资源最优的，比如说路损最小的，接收功率最高的。C, select the beam resource is optimal, for example, the path loss is the smallest, and the receiving power is the highest.

上述门限值可以通过协议预定义，保存在终端设备和/或网络设备中，也可以通过网络设备配置给终端设备。The foregoing threshold value may be pre-defined by the protocol, stored in the terminal device and/or the network device, or configured to the terminal device through the network device.

可以理解的是，以上确定方法一、二、三、四可以单独实施，也可以结合使用，比如部分第二参数基于方法一确定，部分第二参数基于方法二确定。在此不予限定。It can be understood that the above determining methods one, two, three, and four can be implemented separately or in combination. For example, some second parameters are determined based on method one, and some second parameters are determined based on method two. This is not limited here.

此外，第二参数确定方法中的各种可能的实现方案可以单独使用，也可以结合起来使用。比如说，当要确定开环参数对应的参数J时，可以结合多种方法。具体的，终端设备可以选择终端设备认为需要上报的波束资源，而网络设备可以为终端设备配置除了波束资源以外的传输配置(或用于确定第二参数的第一参数(或指示))。参数J可以根据终端设备选择波束资源和网络设备配置的传输配置结合而得到。In addition, various possible implementations in the second parameter determination method may be used alone or in combination. For example, when it is necessary to determine the parameter J corresponding to the open loop parameter, a plurality of methods can be combined. Specifically, the terminal device may select a beam resource that the terminal device considers to be reported, and the network device may configure, for the terminal device, a transmission configuration other than the beam resource (or a first parameter (or indication) for determining the second parameter). The parameter J can be obtained according to the combination of the terminal device selection beam resource and the transmission configuration of the network device configuration.

结合以上确定方法一至四中的任一个，可以理解的是，以上是以各个第二参数分别确定为例进行的描述，可选的，可以在上述各种第二参数的影响因子，如j、b、m、k、l中的至少两项，之间确定对应关系，这样，可以通过向终端设备指示其中一个影响因子的值或终端设备确定其中一个影响因子的值，来使得终端设备获知其他影响因子的值，进而确定各种第二参数。With reference to any one of the above determining methods 1 to 4, it can be understood that the above description is made by taking each of the second parameters as an example, and optionally, the influence factors of the various second parameters, such as j, may be used. Determining a correspondence between at least two of b, m, k, and l, so that the terminal device can be made aware of other values by indicating to the terminal device the value of one of the impact factors or the terminal device determining the value of one of the impact factors. The value of the influence factor, which in turn determines various second parameters.

可选的，以上对应关系可以协议预定义并存在网络设备和终端设备中，也可以通过网络设备向终端设备配置，具体保存方式或配置方式在此不予限定。比如：以上对应关系可以通过网络设备配置第一参数时进行相应的配置(或指示)。Optionally, the foregoing mappings may be pre-defined and exist in the network device and the terminal device, or may be configured to the terminal device by using the network device. The specific storage mode or configuration mode is not limited herein. For example, the above correspondence can be configured (or indicated) when the first parameter is configured by the network device.

此外，可选的，无论使用上述确定方法一、二、三、四中的哪种，在确定时间单元i上一个或多个信道的功率或者一个PH的时候，上述各种第二参数所对应的传输方式和/或传输配置(比如波束信息)是一致的。比如：时间单元i上确定PUCCH功率的b ₀和确定PUSCH的j ₀对应相同的传输配置。如b ₀对应的波束应当与j ₀对应的波束相同。 In addition, optionally, whether the power of one or more channels or the PH of the time unit i is determined, whether the power of one or more channels on the time unit i or a PH is determined, according to any one of the foregoing determining methods 1, 2, 3, and 4 The transmission mode and/or transmission configuration (such as beam information) is consistent. For example, the b ₀ that determines the PUCCH power on the time unit i and the j ₀ that determines the PUSCH correspond to the same transmission configuration. The beam corresponding to b ₀ should be the same as the beam corresponding to j ₀ .

确定方式五：Determine the way five:

以上确定方式一至四要么各种第二参数单独确定，要么依据第二参数之间的对应关系进行确定。The above determining manners one to four are either determined separately by various second parameters or determined according to the correspondence between the second parameters.

本确定方式五中，可以应用在PUSCH、PUCCH之中有一个有动态调度信息的情况。比如：可以用在有PUSCH但是没有PUCCH传输时的类型type2PH的计算，或者是有PUCCH但是没有PUSCH传输时的type2的PH计算。In the fifth determination method, one of the PUSCH and the PUCCH may be applied to the case where there is dynamic scheduling information. For example, it can be used for the calculation of the type 2PH when there is PUSCH but no PUCCH transmission, or the PH of type 2 when there is PUCCH but no PUSCH transmission.

在本方式中，时间单元i上不传输的信道的第二参数可以根据该时间单元上传输的信道所使用的第一参数进行确定。In the present mode, the second parameter of the channel that is not transmitted on time unit i can be determined based on the first parameter used by the channel transmitted on the time unit.

时间单元i上不传输的信道的第二参数所对应的传输方式和/或传输配置信息和该时间单元上传输的信道所使用的第一参数所对应的传输方式和/或传输配置信息是一致的。The transmission mode and/or transmission configuration information corresponding to the second parameter of the channel not transmitted on the time unit i is consistent with the transmission mode and/or transmission configuration information corresponding to the first parameter used by the channel transmitted on the time unit. of.

情况一：有PUSCH传输，没有PUCCH传输Case 1: There is PUSCH transmission, no PUCCH transmission

这种情况下，确定PUCCH功率的部分第二参数可以根据PUSCH所使用的第一参数来确定。In this case, the partial second parameter determining the PUCCH power may be determined according to the first parameter used by the PUSCH.

可选的，PUCCH对应的k和/或l可以使用当前时间单元PUSCH所对应的k和/或l。Optionally, k and/or l corresponding to the PUCCH may use k and/or l corresponding to the current time unit PUSCH.

可选的，PUCCH对应的P _o(b)可以基于当前时间单元PUSCH所对应的j以及j和b的对应关系得到； Optionally, the P _o (b) corresponding to the PUCCH may be obtained according to the j corresponding to the current time unit PUSCH and the correspondence between j and b;

可选的，PUCCH对应的P _o(b)可以基于当前时间单元PUSCH所对应的j的传输方式和/或传输配置信息得到。 Optionally, the P _o (b) corresponding to the PUCCH may be obtained based on a transmission manner and/or transmission configuration information of the j corresponding to the current time unit PUSCH.

这种情况下，虽然终端设备没有得到PUCCH的相关信息，但是可以默认将按照传输PUSCH的波束等传输特性假设(传输方式和/或传输配置信息)，来传输PUCCH。In this case, although the terminal device does not obtain the relevant information of the PUCCH, the PUCCH may be transmitted by default according to the transmission characteristic assumption (transmission mode and/or transmission configuration information) of the beam transmitting the PUSCH.

情况二：没有PUSCH传输，有PUCCH传输Case 2: No PUSCH transmission, PUCCH transmission

与情况一类似，这种情况下，确定PUSCH功率的部分第二参数可以根据PUCCH所使用的第一参数来确定。Similar to the case 1, in this case, the partial second parameter determining the PUSCH power can be determined according to the first parameter used by the PUCCH.

可选的，PUSCH对应的k和/或l可以使用当前时间单元PUCCH所对应的k和/或l。Optionally, k and/or l corresponding to the PUSCH may use k and/or l corresponding to the current time unit PUCCH.

可选的，PUSCH对应的P _o(j)可以基于当前时间单元PUCCH所对应的b以及j和b的对应关系得到； Optionally, P _o (j) corresponding to the PUSCH may be obtained according to b corresponding to the current time unit PUCCH and the corresponding relationship between j and b;

可选的，PUSCH对应的P _o(j)可以基于当前时间单元PUCCH所对应的b的传输方式和/或传输配置信息得到。 Optionally, the P _o (j) corresponding to the PUSCH may be obtained based on a transmission mode and/or transmission configuration information of b corresponding to the current time unit PUCCH.

这种情况下，虽然终端设备没有得到PUSCH的相关信息，但是可以默认将按照传输PUCCH的波束等传输特性假设(传输方式和/或传输配置信息)，来传输PUSCH。In this case, although the terminal device does not obtain the relevant information of the PUSCH, the PUSCH may be transmitted by default according to a transmission characteristic assumption (transmission mode and/or transmission configuration information) such as a beam transmitting the PUCCH.

可以理解的是，在PUSCH、PUCCH缺少其中任意一种信息的时候，计算PH所使用的参数，都对应相同的传输配置。It can be understood that when the PUSCH and the PUCCH lack any one of the information, the parameters used for calculating the PH correspond to the same transmission configuration.

如图3所示，下面给出一种本申请的可能的方法流程：As shown in Figure 3, a possible method flow of the present application is given below:

步骤301：功控参数配置，即获得第一参数Step 301: Configuration of the power control parameter, that is, obtaining the first parameter

第一参数可以包括：The first parameter can include:

1)网络设备允许的最大发射功率：网络设备可以为终端设备配置网络设备所允许的终端设备最大发射功率。但是最终用于确定传输信号功率的最大发射功率，是终端设备根据自己能够支持的最大发射功率、网络设备配置的最大发射功率等计算得到的。如，终端设备的配置最大发射功率，应当不超过终端设备能够支持的最大发射功率，也不能超过网络设备配置的允许的最大发射功率。网络设备给终端设备配置的最大发射功率可以是以全向发送(TRP，Total Radiated Power)或者是定向发送(EIRP，Effective Isotropic Radiated Power)为假设的最大发射功率。1) Maximum transmit power allowed by the network device: The network device can configure the maximum transmit power of the terminal device allowed by the network device for the terminal device. However, the maximum transmit power that is ultimately used to determine the power of the transmitted signal is calculated by the terminal device according to the maximum transmit power that the terminal can support, the maximum transmit power configured by the network device, and the like. For example, the maximum transmit power of the terminal device configuration shall not exceed the maximum transmit power that the terminal device can support, nor exceed the maximum transmit power allowed by the network device configuration. The maximum transmit power that the network device configures for the terminal device may be the maximum transmit power assumed by Orthogonally Transmitted Power (TRP) or Authentic Isotropic Radiated Power (EIRP).

2)P _O：网络设备可以为PUSCH、PUCCH配置至少一个P0值。SRS的P0值可以复用PUSCH的P0值，或者也单独为SRS进行配置。该P0值可以包含小区级的P0和终端设备级的P0两部分，也可以包含公共P0，和特定传输特性对应的P0两部分。当网络设备为终端设备配置了超过一个P0值时，这些P0值可以对应不同的传输配置。 2) P _O : The network device can configure at least one P0 value for the PUSCH and the PUCCH. The P0 value of the SRS may be multiplexed with the P0 value of the PUSCH or separately configured for the SRS. The P0 value may include P0 at the cell level and P0 at the terminal device level, and may also include a common P0, and P0 corresponding to a specific transmission characteristic. When the network device configures more than one P0 value for the terminal device, these P0 values may correspond to different transmission configurations.

本申请中的传输配置是指至少一种传输配置的统称，所述至少一种传输配置可以是传输波束、传输波形(如CP-OFDM、DFT-S-OFDM等)、传输业务(如URLLC,eMBB等)、numerology、部分带宽BWP、载波、时域长度、时隙集合等中的至少一种。The transmission configuration in this application refers to a general term of at least one transmission configuration, which may be a transmission beam, a transmission waveform (such as CP-OFDM, DFT-S-OFDM, etc.), and a transmission service (such as URLLC, At least one of eMBB, etc., numerology, partial bandwidth BWP, carrier, time domain length, time slot set, and the like.

本申请中的波束可以通过信号的资源ID、端口号、时域标识、频域标识、图案标识、预编码矩阵标识等来进行识别。The beam in the present application can be identified by the resource ID, port number, time domain identifier, frequency domain identifier, pattern identifier, precoding matrix identifier, and the like of the signal.

3)α：α是路径损耗的调整因子，一般用于调整路径损耗补偿的程度，可以用来抑制近点用户高发送功率的强干扰。在计算功率或功率余量的过程中，一般路径损耗因子用于和路径损耗相乘，来调整补偿的路径损耗值。其取值范围可以是[0，1]的正数，也可以是大于1的数。与P0类似，网络设备也可以配置多个α值，其中每个α值可以对应不同的传输特性。α也可以记为alpha。3) α: α is an adjustment factor of path loss, which is generally used to adjust the degree of path loss compensation, and can be used to suppress strong interference of high transmission power of near-point users. In calculating the power or power headroom, the general path loss factor is used to multiply the path loss to adjust the compensated path loss value. The value range may be a positive number of [0, 1] or a number greater than 1. Similar to P0, the network device can also configure multiple alpha values, each of which can correspond to different transmission characteristics. α can also be written as alpha.

对于PUSCH，P0、alpha，网络设备配置用于1)半静态或grant free传输的，2)msg3传输的，3)grant based传输(即动态传输)的各自的P0、alpha。For PUSCH, P0, alpha, network device configuration is used for 1) semi-static or grant free transmission, 2) msg3 transmission, 3) respective P0, alpha of grant based transmission (ie dynamic transmission).

可以有这样一种配置方法：对于前两种传输方式，分别配置对应的P0、alpha。对于第三种传输方式，可以对应J组P0、alpha，J>＝1。这J组参数中，不包含静态或grant free传输，或 msg3传输对应的参数。There may be such a configuration method: for the first two transmission modes, the corresponding P0 and alpha are respectively configured. For the third transmission mode, it can correspond to J group P0, alpha, J>=1. This J group of parameters does not contain static or grant free transmissions, or msg3 transmission corresponding parameters.

或者有这样一种配置方法：网络设备配置J组参数，每组参数都包含了P0、alpha，J>＝3。这样，J组参数中，至少有一组参数对应的是半静态或grant free传输，至少有一组参数对应的是msg3传输，至少有一组参数对应的是grant-based传输。Or there is such a configuration method: the network device configures J group parameters, and each group parameter includes P0, alpha, J>=3. Thus, at least one set of parameters of the J group parameter corresponds to a semi-static or grant free transmission, at least one set of parameters corresponds to a msg3 transmission, and at least one set of parameters corresponds to a grant-based transmission.

对于上面这两种方式，网络设备需要通知功控参数的个数(组数)，和具体的每一组参数。网络设备配置对于动态传输的至少一组参数，这至少一组参数是J组参数的子集。这至少一组参数，对应了特定的传输配置。这种对应可以通过两种方式告知终端设备，一种方式是在配置第j组参数时，也配置j对应的传输特性的关系。1<＝j<＝J。如RRC中配置这样的至少一组参数：For the above two methods, the network device needs to notify the number of power control parameters (number of groups), and specific each group of parameters. The network device configures at least one set of parameters for dynamic transmission, the at least one set of parameters being a subset of the J sets of parameters. This at least one set of parameters corresponds to a specific transport configuration. This correspondence can be notified to the terminal device in two ways. One way is to configure the relationship of the transmission characteristics corresponding to j when configuring the jth group parameter. 1<=j<=J. Such as configuring at least one set of parameters in RRC:

这里对举例中的具体参数值域不做限定，仅仅是一种举例。比如说，这里的P0举例的配置范围是-126～24，这里对这个数值并不做出限定。例子中，需要配置P0、alpha、传输配置(信令例子中的Property参数)。所述传输配置中的传输波束可以是一种上行或者下行的波束资源指示，具体的可以是SRS的资源(如SRI)、CSI-RS的资源(CRI)、SS block的指示(如SSB索引、标志)等等，j可以配置，也可以不配置。在传输过程中，终端设备可以根据当前的调度信息，知道当前的传输配置。从而知道用哪一组参数，所以j的具体值可以不配置。The specific parameter value range in the example is not limited herein, but is merely an example. For example, the configuration range of the P0 example here is -126 to 24, and this value is not limited herein. In the example, you need to configure P0, alpha, and transport configuration (Property parameter in the signaling example). The transmission beam in the transmission configuration may be an uplink or downlink beam resource indication, and may specifically be an SRS resource (such as SRI), a CSI-RS resource (CRI), or an SS block indication (such as an SSB index, Flag) and so on, j can be configured or not configured. During the transmission process, the terminal device can know the current transmission configuration according to the current scheduling information. So that know which set of parameters to use, so the specific value of j can not be configured.

另一种方式，如RRC中配置这样的至少一组参数：Another way, such as configuring at least one set of parameters in RRC:

这里对举例中的具体参数值域不做限定，仅仅是一种举例。例子中，需要配置P0、alpha，和j。传输配置可以不配置。这种情况下，因为网络设备没有显式地参数和传输配置之间的对应关系，所以需要指示终端设备用哪个j对应的功控参数。如网络设备为终端设备配置了某传输波束时，网络设备指示的j用于终端设备获得对应的功控参数，这种功控参数与当前的传输波束是对应的。The specific parameter value range in the example is not limited herein, but is merely an example. In the example, you need to configure P0, alpha, and j. The transport configuration can be left unconfigured. In this case, since the network device does not have a correspondence between the explicit parameters and the transmission configuration, it is necessary to indicate which j corresponding power control parameter is used by the terminal device. If the network device configures a certain transmission beam for the terminal device, the j device indicates that the terminal device obtains the corresponding power control parameter, and the power control parameter corresponds to the current transmission beam.

4)f，闭环控制消息。终端设备闭环功控参数可以通过下行控制信息信息中的闭环功控指示信息来获得。所述闭环功控指示信息中包含闭环功控调整值的调整信令TPC。本申请还提供一种功率控制信息的指示方法或功率控制的方法。该方法可以独立应用，也可以与本申请中的其他实施例或本实施例中的其他部分相结合应用。具体的，DCI中可以承载至少一个终端设备的，至少一个服务小区的，至少一个载波的，至少一个信道或信号的，对应着至少一个(组)天线端口的闭环功率控制信息。所述终端设备、服务小区、载波、信道、信号、天线端口等可以通过网络设备指示给终端设备，使得终端设备知道该TPC对应的是什么用户、服务小区、载波、信道、信号、天线端口。比如，网络设备可以指示给终端设备服务小区、载波、信道、信号、天线端口等的标识信息，和对应的TPC。具体地，如网络设备可以在DCI中指示载波号和TPC，这样终端设备可以根据指示的载波号和TPC知道所指示的TPC是用于哪个载波的。或者，网络设备可以在DCI中指示载波的指示信息和TPC，终端设备通过指示信息与具体载波号的对应关系，知道所述TPC是用于哪个载波的。4) f, closed loop control message. The closed loop power control parameter of the terminal device can be obtained by using the closed loop power control indication information in the downlink control information. The closed loop power control indication information includes an adjustment signaling TPC of the closed loop power control adjustment value. The application also provides a method for indicating power control information or a method for power control. The method can be applied independently or in combination with other embodiments in the application or other parts of the embodiment. Specifically, the DCI can carry at least one terminal device, at least one serving cell, at least one carrier, at least one channel or signal, corresponding to closed loop power control information of at least one (group) of antenna ports. The terminal device, the serving cell, the carrier, the channel, the signal, the antenna port, and the like may be instructed to the terminal device by the network device, so that the terminal device knows which user, serving cell, carrier, channel, signal, and antenna port corresponding to the TPC. For example, the network device may indicate to the terminal device the identification information of the cell, the carrier, the channel, the signal, the antenna port, and the like, and the corresponding TPC. Specifically, the network device may indicate the carrier number and the TPC in the DCI, so that the terminal device can know which carrier the indicated TPC is for according to the indicated carrier number and TPC. Alternatively, the network device may indicate the indication information of the carrier and the TPC in the DCI, and the terminal device knows which carrier the TPC is for by using the correspondence between the indication information and the specific carrier number.

或者终端设备可以通过隐式的方式得知。比如说在一个DCI中可以承载多个用户(如终端设备)的TPC信息，用户(如终端设备)可以根据自己的RNTI加扰信息，获得自己的TPC信息。一个用户(如终端设备)的一个RNTI可以对应多个载波的TPC，每个TPC对应的载波信息可以在DCI中承载，或者一个用户(如终端设备)的多个RNTI可以对应多个载波的TPC信息。这样的话，一个用户(如终端设备)可以在一个DCI信息中获取一个或多个的TPC信息。Or the terminal device can be known in an implicit manner. For example, in a DCI, TPC information of multiple users (such as terminal devices) can be carried, and users (such as terminal devices) can obtain their own TPC information according to their own RNTI scrambling information. One RNTI of a user (such as a terminal device) may correspond to a TPC of multiple carriers, and carrier information corresponding to each TPC may be carried in a DCI, or multiple RNTIs of one user (such as a terminal device) may correspond to TPCs of multiple carriers. information. In this case, a user (such as a terminal device) can acquire one or more TPC information in one DCI information.

本申请提供的功率控制(或功率控制信息指示)的方法一，可以包括：The method 1 of the power control (or power control information indication) provided by the application may include:

S401，终端设备接收下行控制信息，所述下行控制信息包括一种信道或信号的功率控制信息；S401. The terminal device receives downlink control information, where the downlink control information includes power control information of a channel or a signal.

S402，终端设备根据所述下行控制信息，确定所述下行控制信息所包括的功率控制信息所对应的信道或信号(即，所用于的信道或信号的功率控制)。S402. The terminal device determines, according to the downlink control information, a channel or a signal corresponding to the power control information included in the downlink control information (that is, a power control of a channel or a signal used).

相应的，从网络设备侧，该方法可以包括：Correspondingly, from the network device side, the method may include:

S401’，网络设备发送下行控制信息，所述下行控制信息包括一种信道或信号的功率控制信息。其中，所述下行控制信息与所述功率控制信息所对应的信道或信号之间具有对应关系。S402中，终端设备根据下行控制信息以及下行控制信息与所述功率控制信息所对应的信道或信号之间具有对应关系确定所述下行控制信息所包括的功率控制信息所对应的信道或信号。S401', the network device sends downlink control information, where the downlink control information includes power control information of a channel or a signal. The downlink control information has a corresponding relationship with a channel or a signal corresponding to the power control information. In S402, the terminal device determines a channel or a signal corresponding to the power control information included in the downlink control information according to the downlink control information and the corresponding relationship between the downlink control information and the channel or the signal corresponding to the power control information.

可选的，所述对应关系包括以下中的一项或多项：Optionally, the correspondence includes one or more of the following:

下行控制信息的格式与该下行控制信息所包括的功率控制信息所对应的信道或信号之间具有对应关系；或，The format of the downlink control information has a corresponding relationship with a channel or a signal corresponding to the power control information included in the downlink control information; or

下行控制信息的加扰信息与该下行控制信息所包括的功率控制信息所对应的信道或信号之间具有对应关系。The scrambling information of the downlink control information has a correspondence relationship with a channel or a signal corresponding to the power control information included in the downlink control information.

本申请还提供一种功率控制的方法二(复用指示的方式)，可以包括：The application also provides a method 2 of power control (the manner of multiplexing indication), which may include:

S403，终端设备接收来自网络设备的配置信息(也可称为指示信息)，所述配置信息指示第一信道或信号，如SRS，的功率控制与第二信道或信号，如PUSCH或PUCCH，的功率控制满足有关联(也可以称为有绑定关系，或为耦合关系，或应用相同的参数中的至少一项(含一项或多项))。S403. The terminal device receives configuration information (also referred to as indication information) from the network device, where the configuration information indicates power control of the first channel or signal, such as SRS, and a second channel or signal, such as PUSCH or PUCCH. The power control satisfies the association (which may also be referred to as having a binding relationship, or being a coupling relationship, or applying at least one of the same parameters (including one or more)).

S404，终端设备根据所述配置信息，基于用于第二信道或信号，如PUSCH或PUCCH，的功率控制信息获得第一信道或信号，如SRS，的功率控制信息，或者，基于用于第一信道或信号，如SRS，的功率控制信息获得第二信道或信号，如PUSCH或PUCCH，的功率控制信息。其中，所述功率控制信息可以功率调整值信息。S404. The terminal device obtains power control information of the first channel or signal, such as SRS, based on the power control information for the second channel or signal, such as the PUSCH or the PUCCH, according to the configuration information, or is based on The power control information of the channel or signal, such as SRS, obtains power control information for the second channel or signal, such as PUSCH or PUCCH. The power control information may be power adjustment value information.

相应的，从网络设备侧，可以包括：Correspondingly, from the network device side, it may include:

S403’，网络设备确定第二信道或信号，如PUSCH或PUCCH，的功率控制信息与第一信道或信号，如SRS的功率控制信息的关系；S403', the network device determines a relationship between power control information of the second channel or signal, such as PUSCH or PUCCH, and power control information of the first channel or signal, such as SRS;

S404’，网络设备向终端设备发送所述配置信息，所述配置信息指示第一信道或信号，如SRS，的功率控制与第二信道或信号，如PUSCH或PUCCH，的功率控制满足有关联(也可以称为有绑定关系，或为耦合关系，或应用相同的参数中的至少一项(含一项或多项))。S404', the network device sends the configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information indicates that the power control of the first channel or signal, such as the SRS, is related to the power control of the second channel or signal, such as PUSCH or PUCCH. It can also be called a binding relationship, or a coupling relationship, or applying at least one of the same parameters (including one or more).

其中，第一信道或信号，如SRS，的功率控制信息可以与第二信道或信号，如PUSCH或PUCCH，的功率控制信息具有一定的对应关系或映射关系，比如，函数关系，或，表格对应关系。The power control information of the first channel or the signal, such as the SRS, may have a certain correspondence or mapping relationship with the power control information of the second channel or the signal, such as the PUSCH or the PUCCH, for example, a function relationship, or a table correspondence. relationship.

可选的，S405，终端设备应用所述第二信道或信号，如PUSCH或PUCCH，的功率控制信息对第二信道或信号，如PUSCH或PUCCH，进行功率控制，和/或，应用所述第二信道或信号，如PUSCH或PUCCH，的功率控制信息对第一信道或信号，如SRS，进行功率控制。或者，终端设备应用所述第一信道或信号，如SRS，的功率控制信息对第一信道或信号，如SRS，进行功率控制，和/或，应用所述第一信道或信号，如SRS，的功率控制信息对第二信道或信号，如PUSCH或PUCCH，进行功率控制。Optionally, S405, the terminal device applies power control information of the second channel or signal, such as a PUSCH or a PUCCH, to a second channel or a signal, such as a PUSCH or a PUCCH, and/or applies the The power control information of the two channels or signals, such as PUSCH or PUCCH, is power controlled for the first channel or signal, such as SRS. Alternatively, the terminal device applies power control information of the first channel or signal, such as SRS, to power control of the first channel or signal, such as SRS, and/or applies the first channel or signal, such as SRS, The power control information is power controlled for the second channel or signal, such as PUSCH or PUCCH.

可选的，所述配置信息可以携带在高层信令中，比如无线资源控制RRC信令或媒体接入控制控制元素MAC CE中。Optionally, the configuration information may be carried in a high layer signaling, such as a radio resource control RRC signaling or a medium access control control element MAC CE.

可选的，所述配置信息还可以携带在物理层信令中，比如下行控制信息中。Optionally, the configuration information may also be carried in physical layer signaling, such as downlink control information.

可选的，所述配置信息所指示的第一信道或信号的功率控制与第二信道或信号的功率控制满足有关联可以为特定的第一信道或信号的功率控制与第二信道或信号(或特定的第二信道或信号)的功率控制满足有关联。如，所述配置信息所指示的SRS的功率控制与PUSCH或PUCCH的功率控制满足有关联可以为特定的SRS资源和/或SRS资源组的功率控制与PUSCH或PUCCH(或特定的PUSCH或PUCCH)的功率控制满足有关联。Optionally, the power control of the first channel or signal indicated by the configuration information is related to the power control of the second channel or the signal may be associated with the power control of the specific first channel or signal and the second channel or signal ( The power control of the particular second channel or signal is satisfied. For example, the power control of the SRS indicated by the configuration information is related to the power control of the PUSCH or the PUCCH, and may be related to the power control of the specific SRS resource and/or the SRS resource group and the PUSCH or PUCCH (or the specific PUSCH or PUCCH). The power control is satisfied.

可选的，所述特定的第一信道或信号，如SRS资源和/或SRS资源组，可以基于协议预定义确定，比如具有特定的第一信道或信号特征(如标识或加扰或序列)，如SRS资源标识和/或SRS资源组标识，也可以通过网络设备的信令指示，比如通过在高层信令或物理层信令中直接或间接指示功率控制与第二信道或信号，如PUSCH或PUCCH，的功率控制满足有关联的第一信道或信号，如SRS资源和/或资源组。Optionally, the specific first channel or signal, such as an SRS resource and/or an SRS resource group, may be determined based on a protocol pre-defined, such as having a specific first channel or signal characteristic (such as identification or scrambling or sequence). For example, the SRS resource identifier and/or the SRS resource group identifier may also be indicated by a signaling of the network device, such as by directly or indirectly indicating power control and a second channel or signal, such as PUSCH, in higher layer signaling or physical layer signaling. Or the power control of the PUCCH, which satisfies the associated first channel or signal, such as SRS resources and/or resource groups.

其中，以上提供的功率控制方法二，可以与方法一结合应用，也可以独立应用。The power control method 2 provided above may be applied in combination with the method 1, or may be applied independently.

本申请还提供一种功率控制的方法三，可以包括：The application also provides a method 3 for power control, which may include:

S501，终端设备接收下行控制信息，所述下行控制信息包括两种或两种以上信道或信号的功率控制信息；S501. The terminal device receives downlink control information, where the downlink control information includes power control information of two or more channels or signals.

S502，终端设备根据所述下行控制信息，确定所述下行控制信息所包括的功率控制信息所对应的信道或信号(即，所用于的信道或信号的功率控制)。S502. The terminal device determines, according to the downlink control information, a channel or a signal corresponding to the power control information included in the downlink control information (that is, a power control of a channel or a signal used).

S501’，网络设备发送下行控制信息，所述下行控制信息包括两种或两种以上信道或信号的功率控制信息。S501', the network device sends downlink control information, where the downlink control information includes power control information of two or more channels or signals.

其中，所述下行控制信息包括两种或两种以上信道或信号的功率控制信息为：The downlink control information includes power control information of two or more channels or signals:

所述下行控制信息中分别用于不同信道或信号(两种或两种以上信道或信号)的功率控制信息可以在下行控制信息中的不同域或字段或信元中指示，也可以在同一域中联合指示。可选的，所述联合指示可以包括通过同一信令域的不同比特位指示，所述比特位的顺序可以与特定的信道或信号具有对应关系，如所述信令域的高几位用于指示一种信道或信号的功率控制信息，如PUSCH的功率控制信息，所述信令域的低几位用于指示另一种信道或信号的功率控制信息，如SRS的功率控制信息。The power control information used in the downlink control information for different channels or signals (two or more channels or signals) may be indicated in different domains or fields or cells in the downlink control information, or may be in the same domain. Joint directive. Optionally, the joint indication may include indicating by different bits of the same signaling domain, where the order of the bits may correspond to a specific channel or signal, such as a higher bit of the signaling domain. Power control information indicating a channel or signal, such as power control information of a PUSCH, the lower bits of the signaling domain are used to indicate power control information of another channel or signal, such as power control information of the SRS.

可选的，所述下行控制信息包括两种或两种以上信道或信号的功率控制信息可以为前述方法二中的复用指示的方式。Optionally, the downlink control information includes a manner that the power control information of the two or more channels or signals may be the multiplexing indication in the foregoing method 2.

这种情况下，可以在复用的情况下，采用上述方法二中的方法，不复用的情况下，采用上述方法三中的方法，具体是否复用，可以依据所述方法二中的配置信息来确定。在此不予赘述。In this case, in the case of multiplexing, the method in the foregoing method 2 may be adopted. If the method is not used, the method in the foregoing method 3 is adopted, and whether the multiplexing is specifically performed, according to the configuration in the second method. Information to determine. I will not repeat them here.

可选的，复用的情况下，功率控制信息(可以不区分是何种信道或信号对应的功率控制信息，也可以为特定的信道或信号对应的功率控制信息，在此不予限定)的取值可以为第一集合，如集合{-1,0,1,3}dB，不复用的情况下，功率控制信息(可以不区分是何种信道或信号对应的功率控制信息，也可以为特定的信道或信号对应的功率控制信息，在此不予限定)的取值可以为第二集合，如集合{-1,1}dB，其中第二集合可以为第一集合的子集。这样，可以降低信令的开销。Optionally, in the case of multiplexing, the power control information may be different from the power control information corresponding to the channel or the signal, and may also be the power control information corresponding to the specific channel or signal, which is not limited herein. The value may be the first set, such as the set {-1, 0, 1, 3} dB. In the case of no multiplexing, the power control information may be different from any channel or signal corresponding to the power control information. The value of the power control information corresponding to a specific channel or signal, which is not limited herein, may be a second set, such as a set {-1, 1} dB, where the second set may be a subset of the first set. In this way, the overhead of signaling can be reduced.

以下，结合以上方法一，方法二，或，方法三中的至少一项，以功率控制信息为闭环功率控制信息为例，进行具体的举例，可以理解的是，功率控制信息为非闭环功率控制信息的情况，也可以参考以下举例中的描述，在此不予赘述。Hereinafter, in combination with at least one of the foregoing method 1, method 2, or method 3, taking the power control information as the closed-loop power control information as an example, a specific example is performed. It can be understood that the power control information is a non-closed loop power control. For the case of information, reference may also be made to the description in the following examples, and details are not described herein.

可选的，DCI中可以承载至少一个信道或信号的的闭环功率控制信息包括：DCI中承载一个信道或信号的闭环功率控制(TPC)信息，或者，DCI中承载多个信道或信号的的闭环功率控制信息。本申请中“多个”表示两个或两个以上。Optionally, the closed loop power control information that can carry at least one channel or signal in the DCI includes closed loop power control (TPC) information carrying a channel or a signal in the DCI, or a closed loop carrying multiple channels or signals in the DCI. Power control information. In the present application, "a plurality" means two or more.

可选的，DCI中可以承载至少一个信道或信号的的闭环功率控制信息包括：DCI中承载一种信道或信号的闭环功率控制(TPC)信息，或者，DCI中承载多种信道或信号的的闭环功率控制信息。本申请中“多种”表示两种或两种以上。Optionally, the closed loop power control information that can carry at least one channel or signal in the DCI includes closed loop power control (TPC) information carrying a channel or a signal in the DCI, or a DCI carrying multiple channels or signals. Closed loop power control information. "Multiple" in the present application means two or more.

可选的，所述DCI中承载一个信道或信号的的闭环功率控制信息包括：DCI中承载特定信道或信号的闭环功率控制信息，所述的特定信道或信号可以是PUSCH，或PUCCH，或SRS。终端设备接收DCI，可根据规则和/或指示信息，确定DCI中的TPC信息是对应何种信道或信号的(即用于何种信道或信号的功率控制或调整的)。Optionally, the closed loop power control information that carries a channel or a signal in the DCI includes closed loop power control information that carries a specific channel or signal in the DCI, where the specific channel or signal may be a PUSCH, or a PUCCH, or an SRS. . The terminal device receives the DCI, and according to the rule and/or the indication information, determines which channel or signal (ie, which channel or signal is used for power control or adjustment) of the TPC information in the DCI.

具体如，终端设备根据DCI的格式，确定所接收的DCI中携带的TPC信息是对应何种信道或信号的，这种情况下，DCI的格式和DCI携带的TPC信息对应的信道或信号之间具有对应关系，终端设备根据所接收的DCI的格式和所述对应关系，确定所接收的DCI中携带的TPC信息对应的信道或信号。如当DCI的格式为第一格式时，所述DCI中携带的TPC是对应PUSCH的，所述第一格式可以为调度PUSCH的DCI格式；和/或，当DCI的格式为第二格式时，所述DCI中携带的TPC是对应PUCCH的，所述第二格式可以为调度PDSCH(下行数据信道)的DCI格式；和/或，当DCI的格式为第三格式时，所述DCI中携带的TPC是对应SRS的，所述第三格式可以为调度SRS的DCI格式；除此之外，还可能是其他的格式与信道或信号的对应关系，不一一举例。For example, the terminal device determines, according to the format of the DCI, which channel or signal the TPC information carried in the received DCI corresponds to, in this case, the format of the DCI and the channel or signal corresponding to the TPC information carried by the DCI. The terminal device determines the channel or signal corresponding to the TPC information carried in the received DCI according to the received DCI format and the corresponding relationship. For example, when the format of the DCI is the first format, the TPC carried in the DCI is a corresponding PUSCH, and the first format may be a DCI format for scheduling a PUSCH; and/or, when the format of the DCI is a second format, The TPC carried in the DCI is a corresponding PUCCH, and the second format may be a DCI format for scheduling a PDSCH (downlink data channel); and/or, when the format of the DCI is a third format, the DCI is carried in the DCI. The TPC is corresponding to the SRS, and the third format may be a DCI format for scheduling the SRS; in addition, it may be a correspondence between other formats and channels or signals, not exemplified.

或者如，终端设备根据DCI的加扰信息，来确定所接收的DCI中携带的TPC信息是对应何种信道或信号的，这种情况下，DCI的加扰信息和DCI携带的TPC信息对应的信道或信号之间具有对应关系，终端设备根据所接收的DCI的加扰信息和所述对应关系，确定所接收的DCI中携带的TPC信息对应的信道或信号。如，可选的，当DCI的加扰信息为第一加扰信息时，所述DCI中携带的TPC是对应PUSCH的，所述第一加扰信息可以为与PUSCH有关的RNTI；和/或，当DCI的加扰信息为第二加扰信息时，所述DCI中携带的TPC是对应PUCCH的，所述第二加扰信息可以为与PUCCH有关的RNTI；除此之外，还可能是其他的加扰信息与信道，信号的对应关系，如所述加扰信息还可以为对应SRS的加扰信息，不一一举例。Or, for example, the terminal device determines, according to the scrambling information of the DCI, which channel or signal the TPC information carried in the received DCI corresponds to. In this case, the scrambling information of the DCI corresponds to the TPC information carried by the DCI. The channel or the signal has a corresponding relationship, and the terminal device determines the channel or signal corresponding to the TPC information carried in the received DCI according to the received DCI's scrambling information and the corresponding relationship. For example, when the scrambling information of the DCI is the first scrambling information, the TPC carried in the DCI is a corresponding PUSCH, and the first scrambling information may be an RNTI related to the PUSCH; and/or When the scrambling information of the DCI is the second scrambling information, the TPC carried in the DCI is the corresponding PUCCH, and the second scrambling information may be the RNTI related to the PUCCH; in addition, The correspondence between the other scrambling information and the channel and the signal, for example, the scrambling information may also be the scrambling information corresponding to the SRS, not exemplified.

或者如，终端设备根据来自网络设备的与SRS相关的配置信息，来确定所接收的DCI中携带的TPC信息是对应何种信道或信号的。如，当终端设备接收到的来自网络设备的配置信息指示了SRS的功率控制与PUSCH的功率控制有关联，或有绑定关系，或为耦合关系，或应用相同的参数中的至少一项(含一项或多项)，终端设备在DCI中获取的TPC对应的闭环功率控制信息对应PUSCH的闭环功率控制调整值，所述闭环功率控制信息对应的闭环功率控制调整值的函数还可以用于SRS的功率控制，所述函数的作用可以是输出值等于输入值，或者输出值等于输入值的线性变换(如输入值与常数的和)，或输出值与输入值具有映射关系(如根据表格或公式或字符串中的至少一种获得输入值的具体取值与输出值的取值具有对应关系)。当，终端设备接收到的网络设备的配置信息指示了SRS的功率控制与PUSCH的功率控制没有关联，或没有绑定关系，或为没耦合关系时，或应用不完全相同的参数，终端设备在一个DCI中获取的TPC对应的闭环功率控制信息仅对应控制PUSCH的的闭环功率控制调整值，终端设备在另一个DCI中获取的TPC对应的闭环功率控制信息仅对应控制SRS的的闭环功率控制调整值。所述一个DCI和另一个DCI可以用上述DCI的加扰信息来区分，还可以通过其他方式区分，在此不予限定。Or, for example, the terminal device determines, according to the SRS-related configuration information from the network device, which channel or signal the TPC information carried in the received DCI corresponds to. For example, when the configuration information received by the terminal device from the network device indicates that the power control of the SRS is associated with the power control of the PUSCH, or has a binding relationship, or is a coupling relationship, or applies at least one of the same parameters ( The closed loop power control information corresponding to the TPC obtained by the terminal device in the DCI corresponds to the closed loop power control adjustment value of the PUSCH, and the function of the closed loop power control adjustment value corresponding to the closed loop power control information may also be used. The power control of the SRS, the function of which may be that the output value is equal to the input value, or the output value is equal to the linear transformation of the input value (such as the sum of the input value and the constant), or the output value has a mapping relationship with the input value (eg according to the table) Or at least one of the formula or the string obtains a specific value of the input value and has a corresponding relationship with the value of the output value). When the configuration information of the network device received by the terminal device indicates that the power control of the SRS is not associated with the power control of the PUSCH, or is not bound, or is not coupled, or the parameters are not completely the same, the terminal device is The closed-loop power control information corresponding to the TPC obtained in one DCI only corresponds to the closed-loop power control adjustment value of the control PUSCH, and the closed-loop power control information corresponding to the TPC obtained by the terminal device in another DCI only corresponds to the closed-loop power control adjustment of the control SRS. value. The one DCI and the other DCI may be distinguished by using the scrambling information of the DCI, and may be distinguished by other means, which is not limited herein.

所述配置信息可以承载在高层信令中。比如，将用于指示SRS的功率控制与PUSCH的功率控制有关联，或有绑定关系，或为耦合关系，或应用相同的参数的指示信息中的一项或多项(简称绑定指示)，和/或，用于指示SRS的功率控制与PUSCH的功率控制没有关联，或没有绑定关系，或没有耦合关系，或应用不完全相同的参数的指示信息中的一项或多项(简称不绑定指示)，在所述配置信息中直接指示。还可以通过对所述绑定指示的使能/去使能指示来指示绑定还是不绑定，或是，对所述不绑定指示的使能/去使能指示来指示不绑定还是绑定，比如，对绑定指示使能，表示绑定，而对绑定指示去使能，表示不绑定，对不绑定指示使能，表示不绑定，而对不绑定指示去使能，表示绑定。还可以通过所述绑定指示或非绑定指示的存在或有效与否来指示绑定还是非绑定，比如绑定指示存在表示绑定，不存在表示不绑定，以此类推，不予赘述。或者，可以根据隐式的方式确定，如根据网络设备所配置的PUSCH和SRS的标称功率和路径损耗的调整因子等参数是否是相同的取值来确定。所述方法还可以扩展到SRS与PUCCH之间，具体如，当终端设备接收到来自的网络设备指示SRS的功率控制与PUCCH的功率控制有关联，或有绑定关系，或为耦合关系，或应用相同的参数的信息时，终端设备在DCI中获取的TPC对应的闭环功率控制信息对应PUCCH的闭环功率控制调整值，所述闭环功率控制信息对应的功率控制调整值的函数还可以用于SRS的功率控制。The configuration information may be carried in higher layer signaling. For example, the power control used to indicate the SRS is associated with the power control of the PUSCH, or has a binding relationship, or is a coupling relationship, or one or more of the indication information applying the same parameter (referred to as a binding indication). And/or one or more of indication information indicating that the power control of the SRS is not associated with the power control of the PUSCH, or has no binding relationship, or has no coupling relationship, or applies parameters that are not identical. Not bound to the indication), directly indicated in the configuration information. It is also possible to indicate whether the binding is not bound by an enable/disable indication of the binding indication, or an enable/disable indication of the unbound indication to indicate that the binding is not bound or Binding, for example, the binding indication is enabled, indicating binding, and the binding indication is disabled, indicating no binding, no binding indication is enabled, indicating no binding, and no binding indication Enable, indicating binding. It is also possible to indicate binding or non-binding by the presence or validity of the binding indication or the non-binding indication, such as binding indicating that there is a representation binding, non-existence indicating no binding, and so on, not Narration. Alternatively, it may be determined according to an implicit manner, such as whether the parameters such as the nominal power of the PUSCH and the SRS and the adjustment factor of the path loss configured by the network device are the same value. The method may also be extended between the SRS and the PUCCH, for example, when the terminal device receives the network device indicating that the power control of the SRS is associated with the power control of the PUCCH, or has a binding relationship, or is a coupling relationship, or When the information of the same parameter is applied, the closed loop power control information corresponding to the TPC obtained by the terminal device in the DCI corresponds to the closed loop power control adjustment value of the PUCCH, and the function of the power control adjustment value corresponding to the closed loop power control information may also be used for the SRS. Power control.

或者如，终端设备根据DCI承载的SRS相关的指示信息，来确定所接收的DCI中携带的TPC信息是对应何种信道或信号的。如，终端设备根据DCI中承载的与SRS相关的指示信息来确定所接收的DCI中携带的TPC信息是对应何种信道或信号的。所述SRS相关的指示信息可以是，SRS资源指示信息，或者是SRS资源请求信息中的至少一种。所述SRS资源指示信息是用于指示一个或者多个SRS资源和/或SRS资源组的信息(通常为SRS资源或SRS资源组标识或索引或编号)。所述SRS资源请求信息是网络设备向终端设备发送的，请求终端设备发送SRS的请求信息。进一步的，可以根据所述SRS相关的指示信息所指示的SRS资源或SRS资源组与PUSCH的功率控制的关联关系，来确定所接收的DCI中携带的TPC信息是对应何种信道或信号的。所述关联关系可以为协议预定义的，也可以通过信令，比如高层信令或物理层信令，显式的或隐式的指示的。其中，显式指示的，是指在信令中通过字段或域直接指示，终端设备依据该信令可以直接确定；隐式指示，是指通过信令间接指示，终端设备依据该信令和已知的规则间接确定。Or, for example, the terminal device determines, according to the SRS-related indication information of the DCI bearer, which channel or signal is corresponding to the TPC information carried in the received DCI. For example, the terminal device determines, according to the SRS-related indication information carried in the DCI, which channel or signal is corresponding to the TPC information carried in the received DCI. The SRS related indication information may be at least one of SRS resource indication information or SRS resource request information. The SRS resource indication information is information (usually an SRS resource or an SRS resource group identifier or index or number) for indicating one or more SRS resources and/or SRS resource groups. The SRS resource request information is sent by the network device to the terminal device, and requests the terminal device to send the request information of the SRS. Further, the association between the SRS resource or the SRS resource group and the power control of the PUSCH indicated by the SRS-related indication information may be used to determine which channel or signal the TPC information carried in the received DCI corresponds to. The association relationship may be predefined by a protocol, or may be explicitly or implicitly indicated by signaling, such as higher layer signaling or physical layer signaling. The explicit indication refers to the direct indication by the field or the domain in the signaling, and the terminal device can directly determine according to the signaling; the implicit indication refers to the indirect indication by the signaling, and the terminal device according to the signaling and has Known rules are indirectly determined.

当所述SRS相关的指示信息所对应的SRS资源，和/或，SRS资源组(比如所述SRS资源所在的SRS资源组)，与PUSCH的功率控制满足相关联，或具有绑定关系，或具有耦合关系，或应用相同的参数中的至少一项，终端设备在DCI中获取的TPC对应的闭环功率控制信息对应PUSCH的闭环功率控制调整值，所述闭环功率控制信息对应的功率控制调整值的函数还可以用于SRS的功率控制。所述函数在前述方案中已有描述，不予赘述。当所述SRS相关的指示信息所对应的SRS资源和/或SRS资源组，与PUSCH的功率控制没有关联，或没有绑定关系，或为没耦合关系，或应用不完全相同的参数，终端设备在一个DCI中获取的TPC对应的闭环功率控制信息仅对应SRS的闭环功率控制调整值，在另一个DCI中获取的TPC对应的闭环功率控制信息仅对应控制PUSCH的的闭环功率控制调整值。所述一个DCI和另一个DCI可以用上述DCI的加扰信息来区分，还可以通过其他方式区分，在此不予限定。When the SRS resource corresponding to the SRS-related indication information, and/or the SRS resource group (such as the SRS resource group where the SRS resource is located), is associated with the power control of the PUSCH, or has a binding relationship, or Having a coupling relationship, or applying the same parameter, the closed loop power control information corresponding to the TPC obtained by the terminal device in the DCI corresponds to the closed loop power control adjustment value of the PUSCH, and the power control adjustment value corresponding to the closed loop power control information The function can also be used for power control of SRS. The function has been described in the foregoing scheme and will not be described again. When the SRS resource and/or the SRS resource group corresponding to the SRS-related indication information is not associated with the power control of the PUSCH, or has no binding relationship, or is not coupled, or applies a parameter that is not completely the same, the terminal device The closed loop power control information corresponding to the TPC obtained in one DCI only corresponds to the closed loop power control adjustment value of the SRS, and the closed loop power control information corresponding to the TPC obtained in the other DCI only corresponds to the closed loop power control adjustment value of the control PUSCH. The one DCI and the other DCI may be distinguished by using the scrambling information of the DCI, and may be distinguished by other means, which is not limited herein.

或者如，终端设备根据其他规则，如所在时间单元的函数，来确定所接收的DCI中携带的TPC信息是对应何种信道或信号的。所述函数可以为时间单元的线性或非线性函数，如时间单元对2的取模函数。如，终端设备根据当前时间单元为奇数还是偶数时间单元，来确定所接收的DCI中携带的TPC信息是对应何种信道或信号的。所述当前时间单元可以是指接收所述DCI的时间单元，或者是所述DCI所调度的时间单元，或者是所述信道或信号发送的时间单元。Or, for example, the terminal device determines, according to other rules, a function of the time unit, which channel or signal is corresponding to the TPC information carried in the received DCI. The function may be a linear or non-linear function of a time unit, such as a modulo function of a time unit pair 2. For example, the terminal device determines whether the TPC information carried in the received DCI corresponds to which channel or signal according to whether the current time unit is an odd or even time unit. The current time unit may refer to a time unit that receives the DCI, or a time unit scheduled by the DCI, or a time unit of the channel or signal transmission.

上述几种方式可以独立使用，也可以结合使用，如终端设备根据DCI的格式，DCI的加扰信息，网络设备的与SRS相关的配置信息，DCI承载的与SRS相关的指示信息，其他规则如时间单元的函数等中的至少两项，确定所接收的DCI中携带的TPC信息是对应何种信道或信号的。具体如，终端设备根据DCI的加扰信息和DCI中承载的指示信息，共同确定所述DCI中的TPC是对应了何种信道或信号的。如，当加扰信息为与PUSCH相关的加扰信息时，终端设备进一步根据所述DCI中承载的SRS相关的指示信息是否满足上述的要求，来确定所述DCI中承载的闭环功率控制信息仅用于PUSCH的功率调整，还是可以同时用于PUSCH和SRS的功率调整；当加扰信息为与SRS相关的加扰信息时，终端设备确定DCI中承载的闭环功率控制信息是用于SRS的功率调整的。本申请中闭环功率控制信息或闭环功率控制调整值对应“A”的含义为闭环功率控制信息或闭环功率控制调整值可以用于A的闭环功率控制或调整，其中，A可以为PUSCH，或，SRS，或PUCCH中的至少一项。The foregoing methods may be used independently or in combination, for example, the terminal device according to the DCI format, the DCI scrambling information, the network device's SRS-related configuration information, the DCI-bearing SRS-related indication information, and other rules. At least two of the functions of the time unit, etc., determine which channel or signal the TPC information carried in the received DCI corresponds to. For example, the terminal device jointly determines, according to the scrambling information of the DCI and the indication information carried in the DCI, which channel or signal is corresponding to the TPC in the DCI. For example, when the scrambling information is the scrambling information related to the PUSCH, the terminal device further determines, according to whether the SRS-related indication information carried in the DCI satisfies the foregoing requirement, the closed-loop power control information carried in the DCI is only The power adjustment for the PUSCH can also be used for the power adjustment of the PUSCH and the SRS. When the scrambling information is the scrambling information related to the SRS, the terminal device determines that the closed loop power control information carried in the DCI is the power for the SRS. Adjusted. In this application, the meaning of the closed-loop power control information or the closed-loop power control adjustment value corresponding to “A” is that the closed-loop power control information or the closed-loop power control adjustment value can be used for the closed-loop power control or adjustment of A, where A can be PUSCH, or At least one of SRS, or PUCCH.

可选的，所述DCI中承载多个信道或信号的的闭环功率控制信息可以包括：Optionally, the closed loop power control information that carries multiple channels or signals in the DCI may include:

所述DCI承载多种信道或信号的闭环功率控制信息，其中，多种信道或信号可以包括PUSCH，PUCCH，或SRS中的两种或两种以上。其中，每种信道或信号的个数在此不予限定。终端设备接收DCI，可通过规则和/或指示信息等，确定DCI中的一个或多个TPC信息是对应何种信道或信号的。其中，多个是指两个或两个以上。The DCI carries closed loop power control information of multiple channels or signals, where multiple channels or signals may include two or more of PUSCH, PUCCH, or SRS. The number of each channel or signal is not limited herein. The terminal device receives the DCI, and determines, by rules and/or indication information, etc., which channel or signal corresponds to one or more TPC information in the DCI. Among them, a plurality refers to two or more.

具体如，所述DCI中可承载PUSCH和SRS的闭环功率控制信息。终端设备根据网络设备的配置信息，获得DCI承载的PUSCH和SRS的闭环功率控制信息。For example, the closed loop power control information of the PUSCH and the SRS may be carried in the DCI. The terminal device obtains closed loop power control information of the PUSCH and the SRS carried by the DCI according to the configuration information of the network device.

比如，所述DCI中可承载PUSCH和SRS的闭环功率控制信息。终端设备根据DCI承载的指示信息，如，终端设备根据DCI中承载的与SRS相关的指示信息，来获得分别对应PUSCH和SRS的闭环功率控制信息。所述SRS相关的指示信息可以是，SRS资源指示信息，或者是SRS资源请求信息中的至少一种。所述SRS资源指示信息是用于指示一个或者多个SRS资源和/或SRS资源组的信息(通常为SRS资源或SRS资源组标识或索引或编号)。所述SRS资源请求信息是网络设备向终端设备发送的，请求终端设备发送SRS的请求信息。进一步的，可以根据所述SRS相关的指示信息所指示的SRS资源或SRS资源组与PUSCH的功率控制的关联关系，来确定所接收的DCI中携带的TPC信息如何解读(即可用于何种信道或信号的功率控制)。所述关联关系可以为协议预定义的，也可以通过信令，比如高层信令或物理层信令，显式的或隐式的指示的。其中，显式指示的，是指在信令中通过字段或域直接指示，终端设备依据该信令可以直接确定；隐式指示，是指通过信令间接指示，终端设备依据该信令和已知的规则间接确定。For example, the DCI can carry closed loop power control information of the PUSCH and the SRS. The terminal device obtains closed loop power control information corresponding to the PUSCH and the SRS respectively according to the indication information related to the SRS according to the indication information related to the SRS carried in the DCI. The SRS related indication information may be at least one of SRS resource indication information or SRS resource request information. The SRS resource indication information is information (usually an SRS resource or an SRS resource group identifier or index or number) for indicating one or more SRS resources and/or SRS resource groups. The SRS resource request information is sent by the network device to the terminal device, and requests the terminal device to send the request information of the SRS. Further, the association between the SRS resource or the power control of the SRS resource group and the power control of the PUSCH indicated by the SRS-related indication information may be used to determine how the TPC information carried in the received DCI is interpreted (ie, which channel is used) Or signal power control). The association relationship may be predefined by a protocol, or may be explicitly or implicitly indicated by signaling, such as higher layer signaling or physical layer signaling. The explicit indication refers to the direct indication by the field or the domain in the signaling, and the terminal device can directly determine according to the signaling; the implicit indication refers to the indirect indication by the signaling, and the terminal device according to the signaling and has Known rules are indirectly determined.

当所述SRS相关的指示信息所对应的SRS资源，和/或，SRS资源组，与PUSCH的功率控制满足相关联，或具有绑定关系，或具有耦合关系，或应用相同的参数中的至少一项，终端设备在DCI中获取的TPC对应的闭环功率控制信息对应PUSCH的闭环功率控制调整值，所述闭环功率控制信息对应的功率控制调整值的函数还可以用于SRS的功率控制。所述函数在前述方案中已有描述，不予赘述。当所述SRS相关的指示信息所对应的SRS资源和/或SRS资源组，与PUSCH的功率控制没有关联，或没有绑定关系，或为没耦合关系，或应用不完全相同的参数，终端设备可以在DCI中获取分别用于SRS和PUSCH的闭环功率控制信息。所述分别用于SRS和PUSCH的闭环功率控制信息可以在不同的域中分别指示，或者，分别用于SRS和PUSCH的闭环功率控制信息可以在同一域中联合指示，所述联合指示的方式包括通过同一信令域的不同比特位指示，所述比特位的顺序可以与PUSCH或SRS具有对应关系，如所述信令域的高几位用于指示PUSCH的闭环功率控制信息，所述信令域的低几位用于指示SRS闭环功率控制信息。When the SRS resource corresponding to the SRS related indication information, and/or the SRS resource group, is associated with the power control of the PUSCH, or has a binding relationship, or has a coupling relationship, or applies at least the same parameter For example, the closed loop power control information corresponding to the TPC obtained by the terminal device in the DCI corresponds to the closed loop power control adjustment value of the PUSCH, and the function of the power control adjustment value corresponding to the closed loop power control information may also be used for the power control of the SRS. The function has been described in the foregoing scheme and will not be described again. When the SRS resource and/or the SRS resource group corresponding to the SRS-related indication information is not associated with the power control of the PUSCH, or has no binding relationship, or is not coupled, or applies a parameter that is not completely the same, the terminal device Closed loop power control information for SRS and PUSCH, respectively, can be obtained in the DCI. The closed-loop power control information for the SRS and the PUSCH may be respectively indicated in different domains, or the closed-loop power control information for the SRS and the PUSCH may be jointly indicated in the same domain, and the manner of the joint indication includes The order of the bits may have a correspondence with the PUSCH or the SRS, as indicated by the different bits of the same signaling domain, such as the high-order bits of the signaling domain are used to indicate the closed-loop power control information of the PUSCH, the signaling The lower bits of the field are used to indicate SRS closed loop power control information.

进一步的，为了降低信令的开销，当DCI中承载PUSCH和SRS各自的闭环功率控制信息时，所述闭环功率控制信息的取值范围更小。如当DCI中承载的闭环功率控制信息可用于PUSCH，或，PUSCH和SRS(即SRS的闭环功率控制调整值是PUSCH的闭环功率控制调整值的函数)时，所述闭环功率控制信息对应的取值可以为第一集合，如集合{-1,0,1,3}dB；当DCI中承载的闭环功率控制信息是分别用于PUSCH和SRS的闭环功率控制调整值的确定时，所述闭环功率控制信息对应的取值可以为第二集合，如集合{-1,1}dB。可选的，所述第二集合可以为第一集合的子集。Further, in order to reduce the signaling overhead, when the DCI carries the closed loop power control information of the PUSCH and the SRS, the closed loop power control information has a smaller value range. For example, when the closed loop power control information carried in the DCI is available for the PUSCH, or the PUSCH and the SRS (ie, the closed loop power control adjustment value of the SRS is a function of the closed loop power control adjustment value of the PUSCH), the closed loop power control information is correspondingly taken. The value may be a first set, such as a set {-1, 0, 1, 3} dB; when the closed loop power control information carried in the DCI is determined for the closed loop power control adjustment values of the PUSCH and the SRS, respectively, the closed loop The value corresponding to the power control information may be a second set, such as a set {-1, 1} dB. Optionally, the second set may be a subset of the first set.

以上以高层信令(如RRC或MAC CE信令)或物理层信令(如DCI)中所包括的指示或配置信息为与SRS相关的信息，以及用于PUSCH功率控制的TPC信息可以用于SRS的功率控制为例进行的描述，可以理解的是，当方案为高层信令(如RRC或MAC CE信令)或物理层信令(如DCI)中所包括的指示或配置信息为与SRS相关的信息，以及用于SRS功率控制的TPC信息可以用于PUSCH的功率控制；或者，高层信令(如RRC或MAC CE信令)或物理层信令(如DCI)中所包括的指示或配置信息为与PUSCH相关的信息，以及用于SRS功率控制的TPC信息可以用于PUSCH的功率控制，或者，高层信令(如RRC或MAC CE信令)或物理层信令(如DCI)中所包括的指示或配置信息为与PUSCH相关的信息，以及用于PUSCH功率控制的TPC信息可以用于SRS的功率控制时，以上举例中所对应的方案，也可以相应的扩展或变形，在此不予赘述。此外，本申请中，用于B(如SRS)功率控制的TPC信息可以用于C(如PUSCH)的功率控制，可以为直接用于，也可以为通过一定的对应关系(如函数关系或表格对应)转换后用于，在此不予赘述。The above indications or configuration information included in high layer signaling (such as RRC or MAC CE signaling) or physical layer signaling (such as DCI) are SRS related information, and TPC information for PUSCH power control can be used for The power control of the SRS is described as an example. It can be understood that when the scheme is for high-level signaling (such as RRC or MAC CE signaling) or physical layer signaling (such as DCI), the indication or configuration information is included with the SRS. Relevant information, as well as TPC information for SRS power control, may be used for power control of the PUSCH; or indications included in higher layer signaling (such as RRC or MAC CE signaling) or physical layer signaling (such as DCI) or The configuration information is information related to the PUSCH, and the TPC information used for SRS power control can be used for power control of the PUSCH, or high-level signaling (such as RRC or MAC CE signaling) or physical layer signaling (such as DCI). The included indication or configuration information is information related to the PUSCH, and the TPC information used for the PUSCH power control can be used for the power control of the SRS. The corresponding solution in the above example may also be expanded or modified accordingly. Do not repeat them. In addition, in the present application, the TPC information used for B (such as SRS) power control can be used for power control of C (such as PUSCH), and can be used directly or through a certain correspondence (such as a function relationship or a table). Correspondingly) used after conversion, and will not be described here.

具体如，当DCI中的SRS资源请求信息所指示的SRS资源，或SRS资源组，被配置为与PUSCH的功率控制满足相关联，或具有绑定关系，或具有耦合关系时，终端设备按照可以解读DCI中携带的TPC，既用于PUSCH的闭环功率控制，又用于SRS的闭环功率控制，具体TPC与PUSCH和/或SRS的闭环功控控制信息的对应关系满足下表中的一项或多项：For example, when the SRS resource indicated by the SRS resource request information in the DCI, or the SRS resource group, is configured to be associated with the power control of the PUSCH, or has a binding relationship, or has a coupling relationship, the terminal device may Interpreting the TPC carried in the DCI, which is used for the closed-loop power control of the PUSCH and the closed-loop power control of the SRS. The correspondence between the specific TPC and the closed-loop power control information of the PUSCH and/or the SRS meets one of the following table or Multiple:

TPCTPC	用于PUSCH的闭环功率控制信息Closed loop power control information for PUSCH	用于SRS的闭环功率控制信息Closed loop power control information for SRS
第一指示值First indication	第一取值，如-1dbThe first value, such as -1db	第五取值，如-1dbThe fifth value, such as -1db
第二指示值Second indication value	第二取值，如-1dbThe second value, such as -1db	第六取值，如1dbThe sixth value, such as 1db
第三指示值Third indication value	第三取值，如1dbThe third value, such as 1db	第七取值，如-1dbThe seventh value, such as -1db
第四指示值Fourth indication value	第四取值，如1dbThe fourth value, such as 1db	第八取值，如1dbThe eighth value, such as 1db

其中，第一指示值，第二指示值等分别是指TPC的指示比特信息，如第一指示值为00，第二指示值为01，第三指示值为10，第四指示值为11。通过以上对应关系，终端设备获得TPC信令的指示值与PUSCH和SRS的闭环功率控制信息之间的映射关系。除了表格方式，以上对应关系也可以通过公式或字符串方式表示或存储。The first indication value, the second indication value, and the like refer to the indication bit information of the TPC, for example, the first indication value is 00, the second indication value is 01, the third indication value is 10, and the fourth indication value is 11. Through the above correspondence, the terminal device obtains a mapping relationship between the indication value of the TPC signaling and the closed loop power control information of the PUSCH and the SRS. In addition to the tabular method, the above correspondences can also be represented or stored by formulas or strings.

5)测量PL的测量资源指示。网络设备需要通知测量资源的个数(这里也可以是指终端设备需要维护的PL的个数、终端设备需要测量PL/RSRP的个数等，只要是表达了这种含义的都可以)，和具体的多个测量资源。测量资源指示是用来让终端设备获得对应的测量资源，使得终端设备对测量资源进行测量，而获得信号在传播中经历的损耗，从而使终端设备在发送信号时进行功率补偿，抵抗在传播中的损耗。5) Measure the measurement resource indication of the PL. The network device needs to notify the number of measurement resources (here, the number of PLs that the terminal device needs to maintain, the number of PL/RSRPs that the terminal device needs to measure, etc., as long as the meaning is expressed), and Specific multiple measurement resources. The measurement resource indication is used to enable the terminal device to obtain the corresponding measurement resource, so that the terminal device measures the measurement resource, and obtains the loss experienced by the signal in the propagation, so that the terminal device performs power compensation when transmitting the signal, and resists the propagation. Loss.

本申请中，这些参数会出现一些下标、上标、定义域等额外的写法，这些统称为标识。一般来说，可以这样解读：In this application, these parameters will appear with additional subscripts, superscripts, domain definitions, etc., which are collectively referred to as identifiers. Generally speaking, it can be interpreted like this:

标识PUSCH，表示本参数是供PUSCH使用的。The PUSCH is identified, indicating that this parameter is used by the PUSCH.

标识PUCCH，表示本参数是供PUCCH使用的。The PUCCH is identified, indicating that this parameter is used by the PUCCH.

标识SRS，表示本参数是供SRS使用的。Identifies SRS, indicating that this parameter is for use by SRS.

标识i，表示本参数对应的是时间单元i，这种时间单元可以是时隙、迷你时隙、子帧、帧、符号等等。The identifier i indicates that the parameter corresponds to the time unit i, and the time unit may be a time slot, a mini slot, a subframe, a frame, a symbol, or the like.

标识c，表示本参数对应的是服务小区c，或者载波分量c，或者用于传输点c(如DMRS group1是传输点1，DMRS group2是传输点2，可以通过不同的QCL指示来知道)。The identifier c indicates that the parameter corresponds to the serving cell c, or the carrier component c, or is used for the transmission point c (eg, DMRS group1 is transmission point 1, and DMRS group2 is transmission point 2, which can be known by different QCL indications).

标识j、b，一般是用于表示本参数对应的传输配置、性质、用途等等。The identifiers j and b are generally used to indicate the transmission configuration, nature, use, and the like corresponding to the parameter.

标识k，一般是表示和至少一个上行波束资源k相关，或者下行的测量资源等。The identifier k is generally related to at least one uplink beam resource k, or a downlink measurement resource or the like.

标识l，表示闭环参数的loop编号。The identifier l indicates the loop number of the closed loop parameter.

标识F，表示PUCCH的格式。The identifier F indicates the format of the PUCCH.

步骤S302，获得参考功控参数的信息，即，确定时间单元i上所使用的第二参数。Step S302, obtaining information of the reference power control parameter, that is, determining the second parameter used on the time unit i.

在第一时间单元没有PUSCH，PUCCH，或SRS中至少一项传输的时候，终端设备如何确定功控参数来计算功率、功率余量。称这种参数为参考功控参数(也称为第二参数)。When the first time unit does not transmit at least one of the PUSCH, the PUCCH, or the SRS, how does the terminal device determine the power control parameter to calculate the power and power margin. This parameter is called the reference power control parameter (also called the second parameter).

这部分的描述可以参考如图2所示的方法中的描述，在此不予赘述。For a description of this part, reference may be made to the description in the method shown in FIG. 2, and details are not described herein.

步骤S303，发送功率余量Step S303, transmitting power margin

终端设备将计算出来的功率余量传递到MAC层。The terminal device passes the calculated power headroom to the MAC layer.

终端设备在满足了触发条件后触发PH的上报。触发条件中可以包括路径损耗变化超过门限值。门限值可以是针对一个或者多个服务小区上的一个或者多个载波的。The terminal device triggers the reporting of the PH after the trigger condition is met. The trigger condition may include a path loss change exceeding a threshold. The threshold may be for one or more carriers on one or more serving cells.

除了PH值，终端设备还可以将最大发射功率信息、终端设备选择的参数信息等发送给网络设备。In addition to the PH value, the terminal device may also transmit the maximum transmit power information, parameter information selected by the terminal device, and the like to the network device.

本申请中确定功率的方法也可以用在发送功率上。当确定了功率以后，终端设备可能需要发送多个载波分量、多个服务小区的信号。这样可能会导致多个载波分量、服务小区的功率总和超过终端设备总发射功率。因此还需要将确定的功率进行调整，使得功率总和不超过最大发射功率。这种调整可以是基于不超过终端设备总的发射功率、或者基于不超过终端设备每个服务小区(集合)上的总发射功率、或者基于终端设备每个载波分量(集合)上的总发射功率的准则来调整。具体地，在调整的时候，可以对不同载波分量、服务小区上的信号进行统一的功率缩放、或分别以乘以缩放因子的方式进行缩放、或者以一定的顺序来处理，保证优先级更高的载波分量、服务小区、或特定的信道、信号的功率优先分配。The method of determining power in this application can also be used in transmit power. After determining the power, the terminal device may need to transmit multiple carrier components, signals of multiple serving cells. This may result in the sum of the power of multiple carrier components and the serving cell exceeding the total transmit power of the terminal device. It is therefore also necessary to adjust the determined power such that the sum of power does not exceed the maximum transmit power. Such an adjustment may be based on not exceeding the total transmit power of the terminal device, or based on not exceeding the total transmit power on each serving cell (set) of the terminal device, or based on the total transmit power on each carrier component (set) of the terminal device. The guidelines to adjust. Specifically, during the adjustment, different carrier components, signals on the serving cell may be uniformly power-scaled, or scaled by a scaling factor, or processed in a certain order to ensure higher priority. The carrier component, the serving cell, or the specific channel, the power of the signal is preferentially allocated.

可以理解的是，图2和图3的描述可以独立应用，相互结合或参考。It can be understood that the descriptions of Figures 2 and 3 can be applied independently, in combination or reference.

以上结合图2和图3详细说明了本申请实施例的通信方法。以下结合图4至图6详细说明本申请实施例的通信装置。The communication method of the embodiment of the present application is described in detail above with reference to FIG. 2 and FIG. 3. The communication device of the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIGS. 4 to 6.

图4是本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图。该终端设备可适用于图1所示出的***中，执行上述方法实施例中终端设备的功能。为了便于说明，图4仅示出了终端设备的主要部件。如图4所示，终端设备40包括处理器、存储器、控制电路、天线以及输入输出装置。处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理，以及对整个终端设备进行控制，执行软件程序，处理软件程序的数据，例如用于支持终端设备执行上述方法实施例中所描述的动作，如，基于接收的PMI和RI确定预编码矩阵进而对信号进行预编码并发送预编码后的信号等。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据，例如存储上述实施例中所描述指示信息与组合信息的对应关系等。控制电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。控制电路和天线一起也可以叫做收发器，主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置，例如触摸屏、显示屏，键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application. The terminal device can be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1 to perform the functions of the terminal device in the above method embodiment. For the convenience of explanation, FIG. 4 shows only the main components of the terminal device. As shown in FIG. 4, the terminal device 40 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device. The processor is mainly used for processing the communication protocol and the communication data, and controlling the entire terminal device, executing the software program, and processing the data of the software program, for example, for supporting the terminal device to perform the actions described in the foregoing method embodiments, such as Determining a precoding matrix based on the received PMI and RI to precode the signal and transmit the precoded signal. The memory is mainly used for storing software programs and data, for example, storing the correspondence between the indication information and the combination information described in the above embodiments. The control circuit is mainly used for converting baseband signals and radio frequency signals and processing radio frequency signals. The control circuit together with the antenna can also be called a transceiver, and is mainly used for transmitting and receiving RF signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are primarily used to receive user input data and output data to the user.

当终端设备开机后，处理器可以读取存储单元中的软件程序，解释并执行软件程序的指令，处理软件程序的数据。当需要通过无线发送数据时，处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后，输出基带信号至射频电路，射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端设备时，射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号，将射频信号转换为基带信号，并将基带信号输出至处理器，处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。After the terminal device is powered on, the processor can read the software program in the storage unit, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program. When the data needs to be transmitted by wireless, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and then outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. The radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal, and then sends the radio frequency signal to the outside through the antenna in the form of electromagnetic waves. When data is transmitted to the terminal device, the RF circuit receives the RF signal through the antenna, converts the RF signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, which converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.

本领域技术人员可以理解，为了便于说明，图4仅示出了一个存储器和一个处理器。在实际的终端设备中，可以存在多个处理器和多个存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等，本申请实施例对此不做限定。Those skilled in the art will appreciate that FIG. 4 shows only one memory and one processor for ease of illustration. In an actual terminal device, there may be multiple processors and multiple memories. The memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, and the like.

作为一种可选的实现方式，处理器可以包括基带处理器和中央处理器，基带处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理，中央处理器主要用于对整个终端设备进行控制，执行软件程序，处理软件程序的数据。图4中的处理器可以集成基带处理器和中央处理器的功能，本领域技术人员可以理解，基带处理器和中央处理器也可以是各自独立的处理器，通过总线等技术互联。本领域技术人员可以理解，终端设备可以包括多个基带处理器以适应不同的网络制式，终端设备可以包括多个中央处理器以增强其处理能力，终端设备的各个部件可以通过各种总线连接。所述基带处理器也可以表述为基带处理电路或者基带处理芯片。所述中央处理器也可以表述为中央处理电路或者中央处理芯片。对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理的功能可以内置在处理器中，也可以以软件程序的形式存储在存储单元中，由处理器执行软件程序以实现基带处理功能。As an optional implementation manner, the processor may include a baseband processor and a central processing unit, and the baseband processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and the communication data, and the central processing unit is mainly used to control and execute the entire terminal device. A software program that processes data from a software program. The processor in FIG. 4 can integrate the functions of the baseband processor and the central processing unit. Those skilled in the art can understand that the baseband processor and the central processing unit can also be independent processors and interconnected by technologies such as a bus. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the terminal device may include a plurality of baseband processors to accommodate different network standards, and the terminal device may include a plurality of central processors to enhance its processing capabilities, and various components of the terminal devices may be connected through various buses. The baseband processor can also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip. The central processing unit can also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip. The functions of processing the communication protocol and the communication data may be built in the processor, or may be stored in the storage unit in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to implement the baseband processing function.

在本申请实施例中，可以将具有收发功能的天线和控制电路视为终端设备40的收发单元401，例如，用于支持终端设备执行如图2部分所述的接收功能和发送功能。将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端设备40的处理单元402。如图4所示，终端设备40包括收发单元401和处理单元402。收发单元也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。可选的，可以将收发单元401中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元，将收发单元401中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元，即收发单元401包括接收单元和发送单元，接收单元也可以称为接收机、输入口、接收电路等，发送单元可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。In the embodiment of the present application, the antenna and the control circuit having the transceiving function can be regarded as the transceiving unit 401 of the terminal device 40, for example, for supporting the terminal device to perform the receiving function and the transmitting function as described in part in FIG. The processor having the processing function is regarded as the processing unit 402 of the terminal device 40. As shown in FIG. 4, the terminal device 40 includes a transceiver unit 401 and a processing unit 402. The transceiver unit can also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver, and the like. Optionally, the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 401 can be regarded as a receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiver unit 401 is regarded as a sending unit, that is, the transceiver unit 401 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit. The receiving unit may also be referred to as a receiver, an input port, a receiving circuit, etc., and the transmitting unit may be referred to as a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit or the like.

处理器402可用于执行该存储器存储的指令，以控制收发单元401接收信号和/或发送信号，完成上述方法实施例中终端设备的功能。作为一种实现方式，收发单元401的功能可以考虑通过收发电路或者收发的专用芯片实现。The processor 402 can be configured to execute instructions stored in the memory to control the transceiver unit 401 to receive signals and/or transmit signals to perform the functions of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment. As an implementation manner, the function of the transceiver unit 401 can be implemented by a dedicated chip through a transceiver circuit or a transceiver.

图5是本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图，如可以为基站的结构示意图。如图5所示，该基站可应用于如图1所示的***中，执行上述方法实施例中网络设备的功能。基站50可包括一个或多个射频单元，如远端射频单元(remote radio unit,RRU)501和一个或多个基带单元(baseband unit，BBU)(也可称为数字单元，digital unit，DU)502。所述RRU 501可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等等，其可以包括至少一个天线5011和射频单元5012。所述RRU 501部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换，例如用于向终端设备发送上述实施例中所述的信令消息。所述BBU 502部分主要用于进行基带处理，对基站进行控制等。所述RRU 501与BBU 502可以是物理上设置在一起，也可以物理上分离设置的，即分布式基站。FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure, which may be a schematic structural diagram of a base station. As shown in FIG. 5, the base station can be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1 to perform the functions of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment. The base station 50 can include one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 501 and one or more baseband units (BBUs) (also referred to as digital units, DUs). 502. The RRU 501 may be referred to as a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., which may include at least one antenna 5011 and a radio frequency unit 5012. The RRU 501 portion is mainly used for transmitting and receiving radio frequency signals and converting radio frequency signals and baseband signals, for example, for transmitting the signaling messages described in the foregoing embodiments to the terminal device. The BBU 502 part is mainly used for performing baseband processing, controlling a base station, and the like. The RRU 501 and the BBU 502 may be physically disposed together or physically separated, that is, distributed base stations.

所述BBU 502为基站的控制中心，也可以称为处理单元，主要用于完成基带处理功能，如信道编码，复用，调制，扩频等等。例如所述BBU(处理单元)502可以用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程。The BBU 502 is a control center of a base station, and may also be referred to as a processing unit, and is mainly used to perform baseband processing functions such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, spread spectrum, and the like. For example, the BBU (processing unit) 502 can be used to control the base station to perform an operation procedure about the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.

在一个实例中，所述BBU 502可以由一个或多个单板构成，多个单板可以共同支持单一接入指示的无线接入网(如LTE网)，也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE网，5G网或其他网)。所述BBU 502还包括存储器5021和处理器5022，所述存储器5021用于存储必要的指令和数据。例如存储器5021存储上述实施例中的码本索引与预编码矩阵的对应关系。所述处理器5022用于控制基站进行必要的动作，例如用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程。所述存储器5021和处理器5022可以服务于一个或多个单板。也就是说，可以每个单板上单独设置存储器和处理器。也可以是多个单板共用相同的存储器和处理器。此外每个单板上还可以设置有必要的电路In an example, the BBU 502 may be configured by one or more boards, and multiple boards may jointly support a single access indication radio access network (such as an LTE network), or may support different access systems respectively. Radio access network (such as LTE network, 5G network or other network). The BBU 502 also includes a memory 5021 and a processor 5022 for storing the necessary instructions and data. For example, the memory 5021 stores the correspondence relationship between the codebook index and the precoding matrix in the above embodiment. The processor 5022 is configured to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the base station to perform an operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment. The memory 5021 and the processor 5022 can serve one or more boards. That is, the memory and processor can be individually set on each board. It is also possible that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, the necessary circuits can be set on each board.

图6给出了一种通信装置600的结构示意图。装置600可用于实现上述方法实施例中描述的方法，可以参见上述方法实施例中的说明。所述通信装置600可以是芯片，网络设备(如基站)，终端设备或者其他网络设备等。FIG. 6 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 600. The device 600 can be used to implement the method described in the foregoing method embodiments, and can be referred to the description in the foregoing method embodiments. The communication device 600 can be a chip, a network device (such as a base station), a terminal device or other network device, and the like.

所述通信装置600包括一个或多个处理器601。所述处理器601可以是通用处理器或者专用处理器等。例如可以是基带处理器、或中央处理器。基带处理器可以用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理，中央处理器可以用于对通信装置(如，基站、终端、或芯片等)进行控制，执行软件程序，处理软件程序的数据。所述通信装置可以包括收发单元，用以实现信号的输入(接收)和输出(发送)。例如，通信装置可以为芯片，所述收发单元可以是芯片的输入和/或输出电路，或者通信接口。所述芯片可以用于终端或基站或其他网络设备。又如，通信装置可以为终端或基站或其他网络设备，所述收发单元可以为收发器，射频芯片等。The communication device 600 includes one or more processors 601. The processor 601 can be a general purpose processor or a dedicated processor or the like. For example, it can be a baseband processor, or a central processing unit. The baseband processor can be used to process communication protocols and communication data, and the central processor can be used to control communication devices (eg, base stations, terminals, or chips, etc.), execute software programs, and process data of the software programs. The communication device may include a transceiver unit for implementing input (reception) and output (transmission) of signals. For example, the communication device can be a chip, and the transceiver unit can be an input and/or output circuit of the chip, or a communication interface. The chip can be used for a terminal or base station or other network device. For another example, the communication device may be a terminal or a base station or other network device, and the transceiver unit may be a transceiver, a radio frequency chip, or the like.

所述通信装置600包括一个或多个所述处理器601，所述一个或多个处理器601可实现图2所示的实施例中网络设备或者终端设备的方法。The communication device 600 includes one or more of the processors 601, and the one or more processors 601 can implement the method of the network device or the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2.

在一种可能的设计中，所述通信装置600包括用于生成第一指示信息的部件(means)，以及用于发送第一指示信息的部件(means)。可以通过一个或多个处理器来实现所述生成第一指示信息的means以及发送第一指示信息的means的功能。例如可以通过一个或多个处理器生成所述第一指示信息，通过收发器、或输入/输出电路、或芯片的接口发送所述第一指示信息。所述第一指示信息可以参见上述方法实施例中的相关描述。In one possible design, the communication device 600 includes means for generating first indication information, and means for transmitting first indication information. The function of generating the first indication information and the means of transmitting the first indication information may be implemented by one or more processors. For example, the first indication information may be generated by one or more processors, and the first indication information may be sent through a transceiver, an input/output circuit, or an interface of a chip. For the first indication information, refer to the related description in the foregoing method embodiments.

在一种可能的设计中，所述通信装置600包括用于接收第一指示信息的部件(means)，以及用于确定第二参数的部件(means)。所述第一指示信息以及如何确定第二参数可以参见上述方法实施例中的相关描述。例如可以通过收发器、或输入/输出电路、或芯片的接口接收所述第一指示信息，通过一个或多个处理器确定第二参数。In one possible design, the communication device 600 includes means for receiving first indication information, and means for determining a second parameter. For the first indication information and how to determine the second parameter, refer to the related description in the foregoing method embodiment. The first indication information may be received, for example, by a transceiver, or an input/output circuit, or an interface of the chip, and the second parameter is determined by one or more processors.

可选的，处理器601除了实现图2所示的实施例的方法，还可以实现其他功能。Optionally, the processor 601 can implement other functions in addition to the method of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2.

可选的，一种设计中，处理器601也可以包括指令603，所述指令可以在所述处理器上被运行，使得所述通信装置600执行上述方法实施例中描述的方法。Alternatively, in one design, the processor 601 may also include instructions 603 that may be executed on the processor such that the communication device 600 performs the methods described in the above method embodiments.

在又一种可能的设计中，通信装置600也可以包括电路，所述电路可以实现前述方法实施例中网络设备或终端设备的功能。In yet another possible design, the communication device 600 can also include circuitry that can implement the functionality of the network device or terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.

在又一种可能的设计中所述通信装置600中可以包括一个或多个存储器602，其上存有指令604，所述指令可在所述处理器上被运行，使得所述通信装置600执行上述方法实施例中描述的方法。可选的，所述存储器中还可以存储有数据。可选的处理器中也可以存储指令和/或数据。例如，所述一个或多个存储器602可以存储上述实施例中所描述的对应关系，或者上述实施例中所涉及的相关的参数或表格等。所述处理器和存储器可以单独设置，也可以集成在一起。In yet another possible design, the communication device 600 can include one or more memories 602 having instructions 604 stored thereon that can be executed on the processor such that the communication device 600 executes The method described in the above method embodiments. Optionally, data may also be stored in the memory. Instructions and/or data can also be stored in the optional processor. For example, the one or more memories 602 may store the corresponding relationships described in the above embodiments, or related parameters or tables or the like involved in the above embodiments. The processor and the memory may be provided separately or integrated.

在又一种可能的设计中，所述通信装置600还可以包括收发单元605以及天线606。所述处理器601可以称为处理单元，对通信装置(终端或者基站)进行控制。所述收发单元605可以称为收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等，用于通过天线606实现通信装置的收发功能。In yet another possible design, the communication device 600 may further include a transceiver unit 605 and an antenna 606. The processor 601 may be referred to as a processing unit that controls a communication device (terminal or base station). The transceiver unit 605 can be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., for implementing the transceiving function of the communication device through the antenna 606.

本申请还提供一种通信***，其包括前述的一个或多个网络设备，和，一个或多个终端设备。The application also provides a communication system comprising one or more of the aforementioned network devices, and one or more terminal devices.

应理解，在本申请实施例中的处理器可以是中央处理单元(Central Processing Unit，CPU)，该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be a central processing unit (CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), and dedicated integration. Application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component, etc. The general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.

还应理解，本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器，或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM，EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)，其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明，许多形式的随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)可用，例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM，SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM，DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM，ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM，SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM，DR RAM)。It should also be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. The non-volatile memory may be a read-only memory (ROM), a programmable read only memory (ROMM), an erasable programmable read only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), or an electrical Erase programmable EPROM (EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory can be a random access memory (RAM) that acts as an external cache. By way of example and not limitation, many forms of random access memory (RAM) are available, such as static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic randomness. Synchronous DRAM (SDRAM), double data rate synchronous DRAM (DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory Take memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (DR RAM).

上述实施例，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件(如电路)、固件或其他任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，上述实施例可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令或计算机程序。在计算机上加载或执行所述计算机指令或计算机程序时，全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以为通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集合的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，DVD)、或者半导体介质。半导体介质可以是固态硬盘。The above embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware (such as circuitry), firmware, or any other combination. When implemented in software, the above-described embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product comprises one or more computer instructions or computer programs. When the computer instructions or computer programs are loaded or executed on a computer, the processes or functions described in accordance with embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions can be stored in a computer readable storage medium or transferred from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions can be from a website site, computer, server or data center Transfer to another website site, computer, server, or data center by wire (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer readable storage medium can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, or the like that contains one or more sets of available media. The usable medium can be a magnetic medium (eg, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (eg, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium. The semiconductor medium can be a solid state hard drive.

应理解，本文中术语“和/或”，仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。另外，本文中字符“/”，通常为“和/或”的简略形式。It should be understood that the term "and/or" herein is merely an association relationship describing an associated object, indicating that there may be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which may indicate that A exists separately, and A and B exist simultaneously. There are three cases of B alone. In addition, the character "/" in this document is usually an abbreviated form of "and/or".

应理解，在本申请的各种实施例中，上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后，各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定，而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that, in the various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence numbers of the foregoing processes does not mean the order of execution sequence, and the order of execution of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be applied to the embodiment of the present application. The implementation process constitutes any limitation.

本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the elements and algorithm steps of the various examples described in connection with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in electronic hardware or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the solution. A person skilled in the art can use different methods to implement the described functions for each particular application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the present application.

所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的***、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。A person skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the system, the device and the unit described above can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, and details are not described herein again.

在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的***、装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个***，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided by the present application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other manners. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of the unit is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed. In addition, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.

所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.

另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.

所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The functions may be stored in a computer readable storage medium if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product. Based on such understanding, the technical solution of the present application, which is essential or contributes to the prior art, or a part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product, which is stored in a storage medium, including The instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present application. The foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. .

以上所述，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The foregoing is only a specific embodiment of the present application, but the scope of protection of the present application is not limited thereto, and any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application. It should be covered by the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the scope of protection of the present application should be determined by the scope of the claims.

Claims

一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：A communication method, comprising:

确定第一时间单元未用于传输上行数据信道，上行控制信道，或上行参考信号中至少一项时的第二参数；所述第二参数为标称功率，路径损耗调整因子，路径损耗，或，闭环功率控制调整值中的至少一种。Determining, by the first time unit, a second parameter that is not used for transmitting at least one of an uplink data channel, an uplink control channel, or an uplink reference signal; the second parameter is a nominal power, a path loss adjustment factor, a path loss, or At least one of closed loop power control adjustment values.
根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：The method of claim 1 further comprising:

获得第一参数，第一参数用于确定上行数据信道功率，上行控制信道功率，或，上行参考信号功率中的至少一项。Obtaining a first parameter, where the first parameter is used to determine at least one of an uplink data channel power, an uplink control channel power, or an uplink reference signal power.
根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述获得第一参数包括：The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the obtaining the first parameter comprises:

接收第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息指示至少一个第一参数。Receiving first indication information, the first indication information indicating at least one first parameter.
根据权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，所述至少一个第一参数包括至少两个第一参数。The method of claim 3 wherein said at least one first parameter comprises at least two first parameters.
根据权利要求2至4中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一参数用于动态调度，或，通过下行控制信道进行调度，时确定上行数据信道功率，上行控制信道功率，或，上行参考信号功率中的至少一项。The method according to any one of claims 2 to 4, wherein the first parameter is used for dynamic scheduling, or when scheduling is performed through a downlink control channel, determining uplink data channel power, uplink control channel power, Or, at least one of the uplink reference signal powers.
根据权利要求1至5中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, further comprising:

基于所述第二参数确定第一时间单元上上行数据信道功率，上行控制信道功率，上行参考信号功率，或，功率余量中的至少一项。Determining, according to the second parameter, at least one of uplink data channel power, uplink control channel power, uplink reference signal power, or power headroom on the first time unit.
根据权利要求1至6中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一参数为标称功率，路径损耗调整因子，路径损耗相关信息，或，闭环功率控制指示中的至少一种。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the first parameter is at least one of a nominal power, a path loss adjustment factor, path loss related information, or a closed loop power control indication. .
根据权利要求7所述的方法，其特征在于，所述路径损耗相关信息包括用于路径损耗测量的资源信息，或，路径损耗相关的波束信息中的至少一项。The method according to claim 7, wherein the path loss related information comprises at least one of resource information for path loss measurement or beam loss related beam information.
根据权利要求2至8中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息为所述至少两个第一参数的影响因子的索引。The method according to any one of claims 2 to 8, wherein the first indication information is an index of an influence factor of the at least two first parameters.
根据权利要求2至9中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息承载在高层信令中。The method according to any one of claims 2 to 9, wherein the first indication information is carried in higher layer signaling.
根据权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：The method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, further comprising:

接收所述至少两个第一参数，和/或，与所述至少两个第一参数分别对应的传输方式和/或传输配置信息。Receiving the at least two first parameters, and/or the transmission mode and/or transmission configuration information respectively corresponding to the at least two first parameters.
根据权利要求1至11中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：The method according to any one of claims 1 to 11, further comprising:

接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息指示参考第一参数，所述参考第一参数为至少两个第一参数中的一个；Receiving second indication information, where the second indication information indicates a reference first parameter, where the reference first parameter is one of at least two first parameters;

基于所述第二指示信息确定所述第二参数。Determining the second parameter based on the second indication information.
根据权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二指示信息承载在高层信令中。The method according to claim 12, wherein the second indication information is carried in higher layer signaling.
根据权利要求12或13所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二指示信息为所述参考第一参数的影响因子的索引，或，所述参考第一参数对应的传输方式和/或传输配置信息，或，所述参考第一参数的值中的至少一项。The method according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the second indication information is an index of the impact factor of the reference first parameter, or the transmission mode and/or transmission corresponding to the reference first parameter The configuration information, or the reference to at least one of the values of the first parameter.
根据权利要求1至11中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：The method according to any one of claims 1 to 11, further comprising:

确定第二时间单元上所使用的第一参数，所述第二时间单元与所述第一时间单元不同；Determining a first parameter used on the second time unit, the second time unit being different from the first time unit;

基于所述第一参数确定所述第二参数。The second parameter is determined based on the first parameter.
根据权利要求1至11中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：The method according to any one of claims 1 to 11, further comprising:

确定所述第二参数为默认值。The second parameter is determined to be a default value.
根据权利要求1至11中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一时间单元上传输上行数据信道，且，未传输上行控制信道，所述方法还包括：The method according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the uplink data channel is transmitted on the first time unit, and the uplink control channel is not transmitted, the method further includes:

基于第一时间单元上传输的上行数据信道的功率确定所使用的第一参数确定所述第一时间单元上上行控制信道的功率及所述第一时间单元上的功率余量；或者，Determining, according to a power of the uplink data channel transmitted on the first time unit, a first parameter used to determine a power of the uplink control channel on the first time unit and a power headroom on the first time unit; or

所述第一时间单元上传输上行控制信道，且，未传输上行数据信道，所述方法还包括：The uplink control channel is transmitted on the first time unit, and the uplink data channel is not transmitted. The method further includes:

基于第一时间单元上传输的上行控制信道的功率确定所使用的第一参数确定所述第一时间单元上上行数据信道的功率及所述第一时间单元上的功率余量。Determining, based on the power of the uplink control channel transmitted on the first time unit, the first parameter used determines the power of the uplink data channel on the first time unit and the power headroom on the first time unit.
根据权利要求1至17中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二参数为第一种第二参数；所述方法还包括：The method according to any one of claims 1 to 17, wherein the second parameter is a first type of second parameter; the method further comprising:

确定第一时间单元未用于传输上行数据信道，上行控制信道，或上行参考信号中至少一项时的另一种第二参数；所述另一种第二参数为标称功率，路径损耗调整因子，路径损耗，或，闭环功率控制调整值，且不同于所述第一种第二参数；Determining another second parameter when the first time unit is not used for transmitting at least one of an uplink data channel, an uplink control channel, or an uplink reference signal; the other second parameter is a nominal power, path loss adjustment a factor, a path loss, or a closed loop power control adjustment value, and different from the first type of second parameter;

其中，所述第一种第二参数所对应的传输方式和/或传输配置信息与所述第二种第二参数所对应的传输方式和/或传输配置信息相同。The transmission mode and/or transmission configuration information corresponding to the first type of second parameter is the same as the transmission mode and/or transmission configuration information corresponding to the second type of second parameter.
根据权利要求18所述的方法，其特征在于，所述传输方式和/或传输配置信息包括波束信息，子载波间隔，传输业务信息，或，波形中的至少一项。The method according to claim 18, wherein the transmission mode and/or transmission configuration information comprises at least one of beam information, subcarrier spacing, transmission service information, or a waveform.
根据权利要求2至11中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：The method according to any one of claims 2 to 11, further comprising:

基于所述第一指示信息确定第二参数。Determining a second parameter based on the first indication information.
根据权利要求1至20中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：The method according to any one of claims 1 to 20, further comprising:

向网络设备发送所述第二参数的指示信息。The indication information of the second parameter is sent to the network device.
根据权利要求1至21中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述至少两个第一参数对应相同的服务小区。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 21, wherein the at least two first parameters correspond to the same serving cell.
根据权利要求2至22中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一参数用于确定上行数据信道功率，上行控制信道功率，或，上行参考信号功率中的至少一项包括：所述第一参数用于确定上行数据信道功率。The method according to any one of claims 2 to 22, wherein the determining, by the first parameter, at least one of an uplink data channel power, an uplink control channel power, or an uplink reference signal power comprises: The first parameter is used to determine an uplink data channel power.
根据权利要求1至23中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，确定第一时间单元未用于传输上行数据信道，上行控制信道，或上行参考信号中至少一项时的第二参数，包括：The method according to any one of claims 1 to 23, wherein determining a second parameter when the first time unit is not used for transmitting at least one of an uplink data channel, an uplink control channel, or an uplink reference signal, include:

确定第一时间单元未用于传输上行数据信道。It is determined that the first time unit is not used to transmit the uplink data channel.
根据权利要求1至24中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二参数包括标称功率，路径损耗调整因子，路径损耗，和，闭环功率控制调整值。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 24, wherein the second parameter comprises a nominal power, a path loss adjustment factor, a path loss, and a closed loop power control adjustment value.
根据权利要求6至25中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，基于所述第二参数确定第一时间单元上上行数据信道功率，上行控制信道功率，上行参考信号功率，或，功率余量中的至少一项，包括：The method according to any one of claims 6 to 25, wherein the uplink data channel power, the uplink control channel power, the uplink reference signal power, or the power remainder on the first time unit is determined based on the second parameter. At least one of the quantities, including:

基于所述第二参数确定第一时间单元上的功率余量。A power headroom on the first time unit is determined based on the second parameter.
根据权利要求7至26中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一参数为标称功率，路径损耗调整因子，路径损耗相关信息，或，闭环功率控制指示中的至少一种，包括：The method according to any one of claims 7 to 26, wherein the first parameter is at least one of a nominal power, a path loss adjustment factor, path loss related information, or a closed loop power control indication ,include:

所述第一参数包括标称功率，路径损耗调整因子，路径损耗相关信息，和，闭环功率控制指示。The first parameter includes a nominal power, a path loss adjustment factor, path loss related information, and a closed loop power control indication.
根据权利要求7至27中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述路径损耗相关信息包括用于路径损耗测量的资源信息。The method according to any one of claims 7 to 27, wherein the path loss related information comprises resource information for path loss measurement.
根据权利要求7至28中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述用于路径损耗测量的资源信息包括同步信号块SSB和/或信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS的信息。The method according to any one of claims 7 to 28, wherein the resource information for path loss measurement comprises information of a synchronization signal block SSB and/or a channel state information reference signal CSI-RS.
根据权利要求1至29中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二参数为至少两个第一参数中的一个。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 29, wherein the second parameter is one of at least two first parameters.
根据权利要求30所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二参数为根据协议预定义基于至少两个第一参数中的一个确定。The method of claim 30, wherein the second parameter is determined based on one of the at least two first parameters according to a protocol pre-definition.
根据权利要求4至31中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息为至少两个第一参数的影响因子的索引，所述第二参数根据预定义的第一参数的影响因子的索引确定，其中，所述至少两个第一参数的影响因子的索引包括所述预定义的第一参数的影响因子的索引。The method according to any one of claims 4 to 31, wherein the first indication information is an index of an influence factor of at least two first parameters, and the second parameter is based on a predefined first parameter The index of the impact factor is determined, wherein the index of the impact factor of the at least two first parameters comprises an index of the impact factor of the predefined first parameter.
根据权利要求1至32中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，第二参数根据预定义的与第一参数相对应的其他信息确定，所述其他信息包括传输方式和/或传输配置信息，所述传输配置包括传输波束，传输波形，传输业务，numerology，部分带宽BWP，载波，时域长度，或，时隙集合中的至少一种。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 32, wherein the second parameter is determined according to a predefined other information corresponding to the first parameter, the other information including transmission mode and/or transmission configuration information The transmission configuration includes at least one of a transmission beam, a transmission waveform, a transmission service, a numerology, a partial bandwidth BWP, a carrier, a time domain length, or a set of time slots.
根据权利要求1至30，或，33中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，第二参数根据预定义的载波所对应的第一参数确定。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 30, wherein the second parameter is determined according to a first parameter corresponding to the predefined carrier.
根据权利要求1至11，或，17至32中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二参数根据预定义的第一参数的影响因子的索引确定。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 11, or 17 to 32, wherein the second parameter is determined according to an index of a factor of influence of the predefined first parameter.
根据权利要求35所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：The method of claim 35, further comprising:

接收第一参数的影响因子的索引，所述第一参数的影响因子的索引包括所述预定义的第一参数的影响因子的索引。An index of an impact factor of the first parameter is received, and an index of the impact factor of the first parameter includes an index of an impact factor of the predefined first parameter.
根据权利要求1至11，或，17至32中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，第二参数根据预定义的测量资源的资源编号确定，所述测量资源包括SSB和/或CSI-RS资源。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 11, or 17 to 32, wherein the second parameter is determined according to a resource number of a predefined measurement resource, the measurement resource comprising SSB and/or CSI- RS resources.
根据权利要求1至37中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：The method according to any one of claims 1 to 37, further comprising:

接收第一参数，和/或，与第一参数对应的传输方式和/或传输配置信息。Receiving a first parameter, and/or a transmission mode and/or transmission configuration information corresponding to the first parameter.
根据权利要求1至38中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：The method according to any one of claims 1 to 38, further comprising:

接收下行控制信息，所述下行控制信息包括至少一个终端设备的，至少一个服务小区的，至少一个载波的，至少一个信道或信号的，对应着至少一个(组)天线端口中至少一项的闭环功控调整值的调整信令(TPC)。Receiving downlink control information, where the downlink control information includes, at least one of the at least one serving cell, at least one carrier, at least one channel or signal, and a closed loop corresponding to at least one of the at least one (group) of antenna ports Adjustment adjustment signaling (TPC) of the power control adjustment value.
根据权利要求39所述的方法，其特征在于，所述下行控制信息包括至少一个终端设备的，至少一个服务小区的，至少一个载波的，至少一个信道或信号的，对应着至少一个(组)天线端口中至少一项的闭环功控调整值的调整信令(TPC)包括：The method according to claim 39, wherein the downlink control information comprises at least one (group) of at least one serving cell, at least one carrier, at least one channel or signal, corresponding to at least one (group) The adjustment signaling (TPC) of the closed loop power adjustment value of at least one of the antenna ports includes:

所述下行控制信息包括一个载波的闭环功控调整值的调整信令(TPC)。The downlink control information includes an adjustment signaling (TPC) of a closed loop power control adjustment value of a carrier.
根据权利要求39或40所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：The method of claim 39 or 40, further comprising:

接收指示闭环功控调整值的调整信令所对应的服务小区，载波，信道或信号，天线端口(组)的信息。Receiving information of a serving cell, a carrier, a channel or a signal, and an antenna port (group) corresponding to the adjustment signaling indicating the closed loop power control adjustment value.
根据权利要求40所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：The method of claim 40, further comprising:

接收指示所述闭环功控调整值的调整信令(TPC)对应的载波的指示信息。And receiving indication information of a carrier corresponding to the adjustment signaling (TPC) indicating the closed loop power control adjustment value.
根据权利要求39所述的方法，其特征在于，所述下行控制信息包括至少一个终端设备的，至少一个服务小区的，至少一个载波的，至少一个信道或信号的，对应着至少一个(组)天线端口中至少一项的闭环功控调整值的调整信令(TPC)包括：The method according to claim 39, wherein the downlink control information comprises at least one (group) of at least one serving cell, at least one carrier, at least one channel or signal, corresponding to at least one (group) The adjustment signaling (TPC) of the closed loop power adjustment value of at least one of the antenna ports includes:

所述下行控制信息包括两个载波的闭环功控调整值的调整信令(TPC)。The downlink control information includes an adjustment signaling (TPC) of a closed loop power control adjustment value of two carriers.
根据权利要求43所述的方法，其特征在于，所述两个载波属于一个服务小区。The method of claim 43 wherein said two carriers belong to a serving cell.
根据权利要求39至44中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述闭环功控调整值的调整信令(TPC)为第一参数。The method according to any one of claims 39 to 44, wherein the adjustment signaling (TPC) of the closed loop power control adjustment value is a first parameter.
一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：A communication method, comprising:

接收下行控制信息，所述下行控制信息包括载波指示信息和闭环功控调整值的调整信令(TPC)，所述TPC用于一个服务小区内至少一个载波中所述载波指示信息所指示的载波上的功率的确定。Receiving downlink control information, where the downlink control information includes carrier indication information and a closed loop power control adjustment value adjustment signaling (TPC), where the TPC is used for a carrier indicated by the carrier indication information in at least one carrier in a serving cell Determination of the power on.
一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：A communication method, comprising:

接收下行控制信息，所述下行控制信息包括至少一个终端设备的至少一个服务小区的至少一个载波的闭环功控调整值的调整信令(TPC)；Receiving downlink control information, where the downlink control information includes an adjustment signaling (TPC) of a closed loop power control adjustment value of at least one carrier of at least one serving cell of the at least one terminal device;

根据载波和TPC的关联关系从所述下行控制信息中获得用于一个服务小区的多个载波的TPC。A TPC for a plurality of carriers of one serving cell is obtained from the downlink control information according to an association relationship between a carrier and a TPC.
一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：A communication method, comprising:

获得参考功控参数的信息；并Obtain information about the reference power control parameters; and

基于所述参考功控参数的信息确定功率余量。A power headroom is determined based on the information of the reference power control parameter.
根据权利要求48所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：The method of claim 48, further comprising:

发送所述功率余量。The power headroom is transmitted.
根据权利要求48或49所述的方法，其特征在于，所述获得参考功控参数的信息包括：The method according to claim 48 or 49, wherein the obtaining information of the reference power control parameter comprises:

确定预定义的功控参数的信息；Determining information of predefined power control parameters;

所述基于所述参考功控参数的信息确定功率余量包括：Determining the power headroom based on the information of the reference power control parameter includes:

基于预定义的功控参数的信息确定功率余量。The power headroom is determined based on information of predefined power control parameters.
根据权利要求48至50中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：获得功控参数配置。The method of any of claims 48 to 50, further comprising: obtaining a power control parameter configuration.
根据权利要求51所述的方法，其特征在于，所述功控参数配置包括所述预定义的功控参数的信息的配置。The method according to claim 51, wherein said power control parameter configuration comprises a configuration of information of said predefined power control parameters.
根据权利要求48或49所述的方法，其特征在于，所述获得参考功控参数的信息包括：The method according to claim 48 or 49, wherein the obtaining information of the reference power control parameter comprises:

确定载波的信息；并确定与所述载波对应的功控参数的信息；Determining information of the carrier; and determining information of the power control parameter corresponding to the carrier;

所述基于所述参考功控参数的信息确定功率余量包括：Determining the power headroom based on the information of the reference power control parameter includes:

基于所述与所述载波对应的功控参数的信息确定功率余量。A power headroom is determined based on the information of the power control parameter corresponding to the carrier.
根据权利要求48至53中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述获得参考功控参数的信息包括：The method according to any one of claims 48 to 53, wherein the obtaining information of the reference power control parameter comprises:

确定第一时间单元未用于传输上行数据信道，上行控制信道，或上行参考信号中至少一项时的第二参数；所述第二参数为标称功率，路径损耗调整因子，路径损耗，或，闭环功率控制调整值中的至少一种。Determining, by the first time unit, a second parameter that is not used for transmitting at least one of an uplink data channel, an uplink control channel, or an uplink reference signal; the second parameter is a nominal power, a path loss adjustment factor, a path loss, or At least one of closed loop power control adjustment values.
根据权利要求53或54所述的方法，其特征在于，所述确定与所述载波对应的功控参数的信息包括：The method according to claim 53 or 54, wherein the determining the information of the power control parameter corresponding to the carrier comprises:

接收下行控制信息，所述下行控制信息包括载波指示信息和闭环功控调整值的调整信令(TPC)，所述TPC用于一个服务小区内至少一个载波中所述载波指示信息所指示的载波上的功率的确定；或者，Receiving downlink control information, where the downlink control information includes carrier indication information and a closed loop power control adjustment value adjustment signaling (TPC), where the TPC is used for a carrier indicated by the carrier indication information in at least one carrier in a serving cell Determination of power on; or,

接收下行控制信息，所述下行控制信息包括至少一个终端设备的至少一个服务小区的至少一个载波的闭环功控调整值的调整信令(TPC)；根据载波和TPC的关联关系从所述下行控制信息中获得用于一个服务小区的多个载波的TPC。Receiving downlink control information, where the downlink control information includes an adjustment signaling (TPC) of a closed loop power control adjustment value of at least one carrier of at least one serving cell of the at least one terminal device; and the downlink control according to the association relationship between the carrier and the TPC The TPC for multiple carriers of one serving cell is obtained in the information.
一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：A communication method, comprising:

发送下行控制信息，所述下行控制信息包括载波指示信息和闭环功控调整值的调整信令(TPC)，所述TPC用于一个服务小区内至少一个载波中所述载波指示信息所指示的载波上的功率的确定。And transmitting downlink control information, where the downlink control information includes carrier indication information and a closed loop power control adjustment value adjustment signaling (TPC), where the TPC is used for the carrier indicated by the carrier indication information in at least one carrier in a serving cell Determination of the power on.
根据权利要求56所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：The method of claim 56, further comprising:

确定所述下行控制信息。Determining the downlink control information.
一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：A communication method, comprising:

发送下行控制信息，所述下行控制信息包括至少一个终端设备的至少一个服务小区的至少一个载波的闭环功控调整值的调整信令(TPC)。And transmitting downlink control information, where the downlink control information includes an adjustment signaling (TPC) of a closed loop power adjustment value of at least one carrier of the at least one serving cell of the at least one terminal device.
根据权利要求58所述的方法，其特征在于，所述TPC与载波具有关联关系。The method of claim 58, wherein the TPC is associated with a carrier.
根据权利要求58或59所述的方法，其特征在于，所述下行控制信息携带所述关联关系。The method according to claim 58 or 59, wherein the downlink control information carries the association relationship.
根据权利要求58至60中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：确定所述下行控制信息。The method of any of claims 58 to 60, further comprising determining the downlink control information.
一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：A communication method, comprising:

接收来自终端设备的功率余量报告，Receiving a power headroom report from the terminal device,

确定所述功率余量报告所携带的，或，对应的，功率余量所参考的功控参数的信息。Determining, by the power headroom report, or corresponding information of the power control parameter referenced by the power headroom.
根据权利要求62所述的方法，其特征在于，确定所述功率余量所参考的功控参数的信息为预定义的功控参数的信息。The method according to claim 62, wherein the information of the power control parameter referenced by the power headroom is determined as information of a predefined power control parameter.
根据权利要求63所述的方法，其特征在于，所述预定义的功控参数的信息包括预定义的功控参数的影响因子的索引。The method according to claim 63, wherein the information of the predefined power control parameter comprises an index of an influence factor of the predefined power control parameter.
根据权利要求62至64中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，确定所述功率余量所参考的功控参数的信息为载波对应的功控参数的信息。The method according to any one of claims 62 to 64, wherein the information of the power control parameter referenced by the power headroom is determined as the information of the power control parameter corresponding to the carrier.
根据权利要求65所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：确定所述载波。The method of claim 65, further comprising: determining the carrier.
根据权利要求63至66中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：The method according to any one of claims 63 to 66, further comprising:

发送功控参数配置，所述功控参数配置包括所述预定义的功控参数的信息，和/或，所述载波对应的功控参数的信息。Sending a power control parameter configuration, where the power control parameter configuration includes information of the predefined power control parameter, and/or information of the power control parameter corresponding to the carrier.
一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：A communication method, comprising:

发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息指示至少两个第一参数；所述至少两个第一参数用于动态调度时上行数据信道功率，上行控制信道功率，或，上行参考信号功率中的至少一项的确定；Sending first indication information, where the first indication information indicates at least two first parameters; the at least two first parameters are used for uplink data channel power, uplink control channel power, or uplink reference signal power in dynamic scheduling Determination of at least one item;

接收功率余量报告，所述功率余量报告为虚拟功率余量报告，所述虚拟功率余量报告与所述至少两个第一参数中的一个相关；所述第一参数为标称功率，路径损耗调整因子，路径损耗相关信息，或，闭环功率控制指示中的至少一种。Receiving a power headroom report, the power headroom report is a virtual power headroom report, the virtual power headroom report is related to one of the at least two first parameters; the first parameter is a nominal power, At least one of a path loss adjustment factor, path loss related information, or a closed loop power control indication.
根据权利要求68所述的方法，其特征在于，包括：The method of claim 68, comprising:

发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息指示参考第一参数，所述参考第一参数为所述至少两个第一参数中的一个。And transmitting, by the second indication information, a first parameter, where the reference first parameter is one of the at least two first parameters.
根据权利要求69所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二指示信息承载在高层信令中。The method according to claim 69, wherein the second indication information is carried in higher layer signaling.
根据权利要求68或69所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二指示信息为所述参考第一参数的影响因子的索引，或，所述参考第一参数对应的传输方式和/或传输配置信息，或，所述参考第一参数的值中的至少一项。The method according to claim 68 or 69, wherein the second indication information is an index of the impact factor of the reference first parameter, or the transmission mode and/or transmission corresponding to the reference first parameter The configuration information, or the reference to at least one of the values of the first parameter.
根据权利要求68至71中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，A method according to any one of claims 68 to 71, wherein

所述第一指示信息为所述至少两个第一参数的影响因子的索引。The first indication information is an index of an impact factor of the at least two first parameters.
根据权利要求68至72中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：The method according to any one of claims 68 to 72, further comprising:

发送所述至少两个第一参数，和/或，与所述至少两个第一参数分别对应的传输方式和/或传输配置信息。Transmitting the at least two first parameters, and/or the transmission mode and/or the transmission configuration information respectively corresponding to the at least two first parameters.
一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：A communication method, comprising:

接收功率余量报告，所述功率余量报告为虚拟功率余量报告，所述虚拟功率余量报告与第一参数相关；所述第一参数为标称功率，路径损耗调整因子，路径损耗相关信息，或，闭环功率控制指示中的至少一种；Receiving a power headroom report, the power headroom report is a virtual power headroom report, and the virtual power headroom report is related to a first parameter; the first parameter is a nominal power, a path loss adjustment factor, and a path loss correlation At least one of information, or, closed loop power control indication;

基于所述功率余量报告确定功率余量。A power headroom is determined based on the power headroom report.
根据权利要求74所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：The method of claim 74, further comprising:

发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息指示第一参数；所述第一参数用于动态调度时上行数据信道功率，上行控制信道功率，或，上行参考信号功率中的至少一项的确定。Sending first indication information, where the first indication information indicates a first parameter; determining, by the first parameter, at least one of uplink data channel power, uplink control channel power, or uplink reference signal power during dynamic scheduling .
根据权利要求75所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息指示至少两个第一参数。The method of claim 75 wherein said first indication information indicates at least two first parameters.
根据权利要求74至76中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一参数为预定义的索引对应的第一参数。The method according to any one of claims 74 to 76, wherein the first parameter is a first parameter corresponding to a predefined index.
根据权利要求77所述的方法，其特征在于，所述预定义的索引为所述第一参数的影响因子的索引。The method of claim 77, wherein the predefined index is an index of an impact factor of the first parameter.
根据权利要求74至78中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一参数为载波对应的第一参数。The method according to any one of claims 74 to 78, wherein the first parameter is a first parameter corresponding to a carrier.
根据权利要求69所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：确定所述载波。The method of claim 69, further comprising: determining the carrier.
根据权利要求74至80中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：The method according to any one of claims 74 to 80, further comprising:

发送与第一参数对应的传输方式和/或传输配置信息，所述传输配置信息包括载波的信息。Transmitting a transmission mode and/or transmission configuration information corresponding to the first parameter, where the transmission configuration information includes information of a carrier.
根据权利要求74至81中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：The method according to any one of claims 74 to 81, further comprising:

发送下行控制信息，所述下行控制信息包括载波指示信息和闭环功控调整值的调整信令(TPC)，所述TPC用于一个服务小区内至少一个载波中所述载波指示信息所指示的载波上的功率的确定。And transmitting downlink control information, where the downlink control information includes carrier indication information and a closed loop power control adjustment value adjustment signaling (TPC), where the TPC is used for the carrier indicated by the carrier indication information in at least one carrier in a serving cell Determination of the power on.
根据权利要求74至81中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：The method according to any one of claims 74 to 81, further comprising:

发送下行控制信息，所述下行控制信息包括至少一个终端设备的至少一个服务小区的至少一个载波的闭环功控调整值的调整信令(TPC)。And transmitting downlink control information, where the downlink control information includes an adjustment signaling (TPC) of a closed loop power adjustment value of at least one carrier of the at least one serving cell of the at least one terminal device.
根据权利要求83所述的方法，其特征在于，所述TPC与载波具有关联关系。The method of claim 83 wherein said TPC is associated with a carrier.
一种通信装置，其特征在于，用于执行如权利要求1至84中任一项所述的方法。A communication device for performing the method of any one of claims 1 to 84.
一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：A communication device, comprising:

存储器，用于存储计算机程序；a memory for storing a computer program;

处理器，用于执行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序，以使得所述装置执行如权利要求1至84中任一项所述的方法。A processor for executing a computer program stored in the memory to cause the apparatus to perform the method of any one of claims 1 to 84.
一种程序产品，包括程序或指令，当所述程序或指令运行时，如权利要求1至84中任意一项所述的方法被执行。A program product, comprising a program or an instruction, when the program or instruction is executed, the method of any one of claims 1 to 84 is performed.
一种可读存储介质，包括程序或指令，当所述程序或指令运行时，如权利要求1至84中任意一项所述的方法被执行。A readable storage medium comprising a program or an instruction, the method of any one of claims 1 to 84 being executed when the program or instruction is executed.
一种计算机程序或指令，当所述程序或指令运行时，如权利要求1至84中任意一项所述的方法被执行。A computer program or instruction that is executed when the program or instruction is executed, as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 84.
一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：A communication device, comprising:

用于确定第一时间单元未用于传输上行数据信道，上行控制信道，或上行参考信号中至少一项时的第二参数的模块；所述第二参数为标称功率，路径损耗调整因子，路径损耗，或，闭环功率控制调整值中的至少一种。a module for determining a second parameter that is not used by the first time unit to transmit at least one of an uplink data channel, an uplink control channel, or an uplink reference signal; the second parameter is a nominal power, a path loss adjustment factor, At least one of path loss, or closed loop power control adjustment value.
一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：A communication device, comprising:

用于接收下行控制信息的模块，所述下行控制信息包括载波指示信息和闭环功控调整值的调整信令(TPC)，所述TPC用于一个服务小区内至少一个载波中所述载波指示信息所指示的载波上的功率的确定。a module for receiving downlink control information, where the downlink control information includes carrier indication information and a closed-loop power control adjustment value adjustment signaling (TPC), where the TPC is used for the carrier indication information in at least one carrier in a serving cell Determination of the power on the indicated carrier.
一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：A communication device, comprising:

用于接收下行控制信息的模块，所述下行控制信息包括至少一个终端设备的至少一个服务小区的至少一个载波的闭环功控调整值的调整信令(TPC)；a module for receiving downlink control information, where the downlink control information includes a closed loop power adjustment adjustment signaling (TPC) of at least one carrier of at least one serving cell of the at least one terminal device;

用于根据载波和TPC的关联关系从所述下行控制信息中获得用于一个服务小区的多个载波的TPC的模块。A module for obtaining a TPC for a plurality of carriers of one serving cell from the downlink control information according to an association relationship between a carrier and a TPC.
一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：A communication device, comprising:

用于获得参考功控参数的信息的模块；及a module for obtaining information on a reference power control parameter; and

用于基于所述参考功控参数的信息确定功率余量的模块。A module for determining a power headroom based on information of the reference power control parameter.
一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：A communication device, comprising:

用于发送下行控制信息的模块，所述下行控制信息包括载波指示信息和闭环功控调整值的调整信令(TPC)，所述TPC用于一个服务小区内至少一个载波中所述载波指示信息所指示的载波上的功率的确定。a module for transmitting downlink control information, where the downlink control information includes carrier indication information and a closed-loop power control adjustment value adjustment signaling (TPC), where the TPC is used for the carrier indication information in at least one carrier in a serving cell Determination of the power on the indicated carrier.
一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：A communication device, comprising:

用于发送下行控制信息的模块，所述下行控制信息包括至少一个终端设备的至少一个服务小区的至少一个载波的闭环功控调整值的调整信令(TPC)。And a module for transmitting downlink control information, where the downlink control information includes an adjustment signaling (TPC) of a closed loop power adjustment value of at least one carrier of at least one serving cell of the at least one terminal device.
一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：A communication device, comprising:

用于接收来自终端设备的功率余量报告的模块，a module for receiving a power headroom report from a terminal device,

用于确定所述功率余量报告所携带的，或，对应的，功率余量所参考的功控参数的信息的模块。A module for determining information about a power control parameter referred to by the power headroom report, or corresponding to a power headroom.
一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：A communication device, comprising:

用于发送第一指示信息的模块，所述第一指示信息指示至少两个第一参数；所述至少两个第一参数用于动态调度时上行数据信道功率，上行控制信道功率，或，上行参考信号功率中的至少一项的确定；a module for transmitting first indication information, where the first indication information indicates at least two first parameters; the at least two first parameters are used for dynamic scheduling uplink data channel power, uplink control channel power, or uplink Determination of at least one of the reference signal powers;

用于接收功率余量报告的模块，所述功率余量报告为虚拟功率余量报告，所述虚拟功率余量报告与所述至少两个第一参数中的一个相关；所述第一参数为标称功率，路径损耗调整因子，路径损耗相关信息，或，闭环功率控制指示中的至少一种。a module for receiving a power headroom report, the power headroom report being a virtual power headroom report, the virtual power headroom report being related to one of the at least two first parameters; the first parameter is At least one of nominal power, path loss adjustment factor, path loss related information, or closed loop power control indication.
一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：A communication device, comprising:

用于接收功率余量报告的模块，所述功率余量报告为虚拟功率余量报告，所述虚拟功率余量报告与第一参数相关；所述第一参数为标称功率，路径损耗调整因子，路径损耗相关信息，或，闭环功率控制指示中的至少一种；a module for receiving a power headroom report, the power headroom report being a virtual power headroom report, the virtual power headroom report being related to a first parameter; the first parameter being a nominal power, a path loss adjustment factor At least one of path loss related information, or closed loop power control indication;

用于基于所述功率余量报告确定功率余量的模块。A module for determining a power headroom based on the power headroom report.
根据权利要求98所述的方法，其特征在于，所述闭环功率控制指示包括TPC。The method of claim 98 wherein said closed loop power control indication comprises a TPC.
一种通信***，其特征在于，包括如权利要求90至93中任一项所述的装置和如权利要求94至99中任一项所述的装置。A communication system, characterized by comprising the device according to any one of claims 90 to 93 and the device according to any one of claims 94 to 99.